Please ask for: Dorinda Guy Telephone: 01482 613416 Fax: 01482 614804 Email: Dorinda [email protected] Text phone: 01482 300349 Date: Tuesday, 22 November 2016
Dear Councillor,
Park Area Committee
The next meeting of the Park Area Committee will be held at 09:30 on Wednesday, 30 November 2016 in Veterans' Pavilion, East Park, Holderness Road, Hull .
The Agenda for the meeting is attached and reports are enclosed where relevant.
Please Note: It is likely that the public, (including the Press) will be excluded from the meeting during discussions of exempt items since they involve the possible disclosure of exempt information as describe in Schedule 12A of the Local Government Act 1972.
Yours faithfully,
Democratic Services Officer for the Chief Executive
Town Clerk Services, Hull City Council, The Guildhall, AlfredPage Gelder 1 of 262Street, Hull, HU1 2AA www.hullcc.gov.uk Tel: 01482 300300
Park Area Committee
To: Membership: Councillors Barrett, Belcher, Brady, Bridges, Chaytor, Dad, Glew, Pantelakis, Sumpton and Tock
Officers: Jane Price, Assistant City Manager (Neighbourhoods) Sylvia Bilsby, Community Manager for Park and East Dorinda Guy, Democratic Services Officer (x5)
Public Set: Reference Library
Page 2 of 262
Park Area Committee
09:30 on Wednesday, 30 November 2016
Veterans' Pavilion, East Park, Holderness Road, Hull
A G E N D A PROCEDURAL ITEMS
1 Apologies To receive apologies for those Members who are unable to attend the meeting.
2 Declarations of Interest To remind Members of the need to record the existence and nature of any Personal and Discloseable Pecuniary interest in items on the agenda, in accordance with the Member Code of Conduct.
(Members Code of Conduct - Part D1 of the Constitution)
3 Minutes of the Meeting held on 28th September 2016 7 - 16 To approve the minutes as a true and correct record.
4 Public Questions There will be a period of no more than 15 minutes during which written questions may be submitted by members of the public. Unwritten questions will be taken only at the discretion of the Chair. Questions will be answered at the meeting if possible, otherwise written replies will be sent. If required, decisions will be taken under the relevant agenda item below. As the agenda is to be considered in accordance with the Council's formal committee procedures rather than a public forum, the public present will not be able to participate in the Committee's discussions on the following items. Matters may be raised further at Forums.
NON-EXEMPT ITEMS
5 Community Safety To provide an update on policing activities in the Park area.
Page 3 of 262
6 Hull Housing Strategy 2017 - 2020 17 - 36 The report seeks the views of, and support from the Park Area Committee for the key priorities proposed in developing the Housing Strategy which will cover the period 2017-2020.
7 Open Space Strategy - Consultation 37 - 114 The purpose of this report is to consult with Park Area Committee Members on the draft Open Space Strategy and to receive feedback in relation to local priorities of open space both currently and in the future.
8 Property Disposals Update 115 - 120 To advise the Park Area Committee of those disposals in their particular area and to invite comment.
9 Housing Regeneration Projects 121 - 124 To update Members on the renewal programme being delivered including acquisition, demolition and new build in the ward.
10 Waste and Open Spaces Quarterly Performance Update 125 - 132 To provide a quarterly performance report relating to waste collection, recycling performance, street cleansing and grounds maintenance in the Park area.
11 Street Cleansing and Grounds Maintenance Zonal 133 - 136 To provide an overview and update on the revised Zonal street cleansing and grounds maintenance programme.
12 Kerbside Recycling Information 137 - 150 To provide Members with information on what can be recycled through the kerbside collection schemes in Park Area.
13 Streetscene Service Highways Quarterly Update 151 - 156 To update Members of the progress of highway related projects and schemes together with anticipated dates for completion and costs.
14 Removal of speed table on Gillshill Road adjacent to Lancaster 157 - 190 Drive To determine whether the speed tables at Gillshill Road adjacent to Lancaster Drive and Gillshill Road and Burlington Road should be removed following requests by residents that these are causing vibration, requiring alternations to the existing 20mph zone and other measures.
Page 4 of 262
15 Speed Management 191 - 194 To inform Members about a road safety approach known as speed management to assist Members in making a decision for the removal of traffic calming measures in Gillshill Road.
16 Parking Enforcement 195 - 198 To inform Members about parking enforcement to assist Members in making a decision for the removal of traffic calming measures in Gillshill Road.
17 Sign Maintenance 199 - 202 To inform Members about sign maintenance to assist Members in making a decision for the removal of traffic calming measures in Gillshill Road.
18 Street Naming Decision 203 - 212 This report makes recommendations about one new street name for a new residential development between Portobello Street and Marfleet Lane, Hull.
19 Park Area Neighbourhood Management Update 213 - 218 To provide an update on the Park Area Committee on Ward activity across the area.
20 Park Ward Budgets and Sc.106 Funds Briefing Paper 219 - 230 To update Members on the consolidated budget positions for the Park Area in relation to Ward Budgets.
21 Minutes of the Area Partnership - 10th October 2016 231 - 250 To receive the minutes of the Park Area Partnership for information.
22 Hull Virtual School for Looked After Children Area Committee 251 - 254 Pupil Premium Report To provide Members with the Hull Virtual School for Looked After Children Pupil Premium in schools within the Park area.
23 Resolution List 255 - 258 To update Members of the progress of outstanding actions.
24 Work Programme 259 - 262 To update Members on the Work Programme and provide further opportunity for Members to suggest future agenda items for discussion.
Page 5 of 262
EXEMPT ITEMS
25 No Exempt Items THERE ARE NO EXEMPT ITEMS ON THIS AGENDA
Page 6 of 262
Park Area Committee
28th September, 2016
PRESENT:- Councillor R. Pantelakis (Chair), Councillor R. Barrett, Councillor S. Chaytor, Councillor J. Dad, Councillor C. A. Sumpton and Councillor L. Tock.
IN ATTENDANCE:-
Inspector P. Ogden, (Humberside Police), – minute 43, E. Daley (Director of Integrated Commissioning and C. Hurst (Engagement Manager) – minute 44, R. Cumbers (Assistant City Manager In-House Services) – minute 46, J Haymes (Principal Property Manager) – minute – 47, C. Dearing (Renewals Team Programme Leader, Neighbourhoods and Housing) – minute 48, M. Brigden (Grounds Maintenance Practice and Standards Advisor, Streetscene) – minute 49, R. Lees (Highways and Traffic Development and Design Technology) – minute 50, T. Robinson (Youth and Community Development Worker) and D. Davis (Youth Work Manager, Youth Services) – minute – 51, D. Akester (Landlord Services Manager – East) – minutes – 52 and 53.
J. Price (Assistant City Manager – Neighbourhoods), Sylvia Bilsby (Community Manager – East) and D. Guy (Democratic Services Officer).
APOLOGIES: -
Councillor S. Belcher, Councillor S. Brady, Councillor H. Bridges and Councillor M. E. Glew.
Minute Description/Decision Action No. By/Deadline PROCEDURAL ITEMS 40 ADJOURNMENT
The meeting was adjourned to give condolences to the family of Melanie Pound who was a long term attender of the Park Area Committee and a great advocate for the community and older persons.
Agreed – That the Chair writes to the family giving Members’ Councillor condolences. Pantelakis
41 DECLARATIONS OF INTEREST
No declarations of interest were made in respect of the items that follow below.
42 MINUTES OF THE MEETING HELD ON WEDNESDAY 2 9TH JUNE , 2016 Page 7 of 262
Agreed – That the minutes of the meeting of this Committee, held on Wednesday 29th June, 2016, having been printed and circulated, be taken as read and correctly recorded and be signed by the chair.
43 PUBLIC QUESTIONS
No public questions were received.
NON-EXEMPT ITEMS Non-Key Decisions 44 COMMUNITY SAFETY UPDATE
The local Inspector from Humberside Police presented an update to Members on current policing issues in the Park area.
Members were advised that there had been an increase across the city in violence against the person due to new categories being added into this section.
Members were informed that in the Holderness Ward there had been an increase in burglary dwelling and burglary other although there had been a reduction in criminal damage and anti social behaviour. In the Southcoates West Ward there had been a decrease in burglary dwelling and motor vehicle damage but an increase in burglary other, criminal damage and anti social behaviour, although several charges had been made. In the Marfleet Ward there had been an increase in burglary dwelling, burglary other, criminal damage and anti social behaviour although vehicle crime had remained the same.
Members were also informed that in the Southcoates East Ward overall crime rates had been at their lowest although there had been a slight increase in burglary dwelling and burglary other. That there was an ongoing issue with littering from Malet Lambert Academy students but Humberside Police and Malet Lambert Academy were working together to tackle the issue.
Discussion took place around the recruitment of Police Constables and Police Community Support Officers; that there had been no pattern to the increase in burglary dwelling and burglary other in the Wards and a member asked that the officer investigates the long standing vehicle on Wrexham Avenue.
Members raised concerns around the increase in shed and garage burglaries in the Holderness Ward and whether there were any proposed initiatives to address this. The officer advised that Humberside Police were looking in to ‘Demand Reduction’ and would provide dates once organised.
Members thanked the officer for his continued support and wished him well on his retirement. Page 8 of 262
Inspector Mark Peasgood introduced himself and informed the Committee of his background within the Police Force.
Agreed –
a. That the officer investigates the long standing vehicle on a-b. Humberside Wrexham Avenue; Police
b. that the officer provides dates off agenda on the ‘Demand Reduction’ regarding shed and garage burglaries in the Holderness Ward, and
c. that the officer be thanked for his continued support and wished him well on his retirement.
45 PARK AREA URGENT CARE CONSULTATION
The City Neighbourhoods and Housing Manager submitted a briefing paper to update Members on the Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG) ‘Urgent Care’ proposals as part of the wider consultation process.
The officer explained to Members the difference between options 2 and 3 provided in the briefing paper under ‘issues for consideration’ and that no other services apart from the Out of Hours GP service from the Diadem Health Centre and Minor Injuries Unit from the Freedom Centre would be relocated.
Discussion took place around the surveys and what limited response had been received from members of the public, although social media, press, stands at supermarkets and the People’s Panel had all been utilised to inform members of the public regarding the CCG ‘Urgent Care’ current proposals.
Members highlighted their concerns around the Bransholme Health Centre being an inappropriate site for relocation of the proposed services due to the inaccessibility for those that used public transport, and that a site located on Holderness Road or Beverley Road with easier accessibility to public transport would be more suitable.
Members asked if of the number of people who accessed the Out of Hours GP service from Diadem Health Centre could be provided.
Agreed –
a. That Members concerns regarding the inappropriate site for a-c. Director of relocation of proposed services due to inaccessibility for those Integrated that use public transport be noted; Commissioning and Engagement b. that the number of people who accessed the Out of Hours GP Manager service from Diadem Health Centre be provided to Members off agenda, and Page 9 of 262
c. that the officer provides a further update to the Committee once consultations have been completed.
46 HULL VIRTUAL SCHOL FOR LOOKED AFTER CHILDREN AREA COMMITTEE PUPIL PREMIUM REPORT
The City Learning and Skills Manager submitted a briefing paper which provided the Hull Virtual School for Looked After Children Pupil Premium in schools within the Park area. a-b. Standards Agreed – and Improvement Officer, a. That the briefing paper be noted, and Secondary Monitoring & b. that the item be deferred until the November meeting due to no Intervention officer being in attendance. Headteacher
47 ADULT SOCIAL CARE REVIEW OF IN -HOUSE SERVICES
The Assistant City Manager In-House Services submitted a briefing paper which provided an overview of the current usage of Adult Social Care Services within the Park Area of Hull and sought guidance from the committee on local groups and projects that could help fill current gaps in service.
Discussion took place around the knock-on effects of reduced funding and services within Adult Social Care and that this was being reviewed over the winter months alongside focus groups and residents.
Members highlighted that Hull City Council and outside agencies such as community and voluntary groups should work in a more joined-up way to try to formulate a directory of services available to the elderly and vulnerable.
Agreed –
a. That the briefing paper be noted, and b. Assistant City b. that the officer provides a further update to the Committee on a Manager In- date to be confirmed. House Services
48 EAST PARK LODGE
The City Manager, Property and Assets submitted a briefing paper which considered the future of the vacant former park keeper’s cottage at 501 Holderness Road.
Discussion took place around the new interest in the usage of the former park keeper’s cottage andPage that Holderness10 of 262 Ward Members
would like more time and advice on reaching a proposal for the future use of the cottage.
Agreed –
a. That further discussion takes place with Holderness ward a-b. Principal members to identify potential users for the future use of the Property Manager park keeper’s cottage, and
b. that the item be reconsidered at the November meeting of this Committee.
49 HOUSING REGENERATION PROJECTS UPDATE
The Assistant City Manager, Housing and Renewal submitted a briefing paper which updated Members on the renewal programme being delivered including acquisitions, demolition and new build in the ward.
Members were informed that on the Estcourt Street renewal scheme 99% of residents had signed up to the scheme so far. On the Preston Road new build there was temporary road access to the properties so residents could move in by the end of November.
Agreed – That the briefing paper be noted.
50 WASTE AND OPEN SPACES PERFORMANCE UPDATE
The City Streetscene Manager submitted a briefing paper which provided Members with the quarterly performance report relating to waste collection, recycling performance, street cleansing and grounds maintenance in the Park area.
Members queried the percentage of glass shown on the street cleansing service request pie graph. The officer advised that this included broken bottles and broken glass from vehicles.
Agreed – That the briefing paper be noted.
51 HIGHWAYS QUARTERLY UPDATE
The City Streetscene Manager submitted a briefing paper which informed Members of the progress of highway related projects and schemes together with anticipated dates for completion.
Members asked for the exact location of the Holderness Road, Eastbound (Laburnum to Bellfield) surface dressing programme and that they be updated on the Amethyst Road Safety in relation to Safer Roads Humber.
Members advised that they couldPage not progress 11 of 262 scheme 1010
Rutherglen Drive Traffic Regulation Order at present due to a lack of consensus from residents.
Agreed –
a. That the briefing paper be noted;
b. that the officer investigates the exact location on the b-d. Highways Holderness Road, Eastbound (Laburnum to Bellfield) surface and Traffic dressing programme; Development and Design c. that the officer provides an update on the Amethyst Road Technology Safety in relation to Safer Road Humber, and
d. that the officer notes the non-progression of scheme1010 Rutherglen Drive Traffic Regulation Order at present due to a lack of consensus amongst residents.
52 YOUTH DEVELOPMENT SERVICE TEAM UPDATE
The Youth and Community Development Workers, Park Locality provided a report which updated Members on the Youth Development Service.
Discussion took place around who influenced the activities and programmes that were delivered by the Youth Development Service and that Members were invited to the National Youth week commencing the first week in November.
Agreed –
a. That the update be noted, and b. Youth and Community b. that Members are invited to the National Youth week Development commencing the first week in November. Worker
53 PARK AREA HOUSING PERFORMANCE UPDATE
The City Neighbourhoods and Housing Manager submitted a briefing paper which updated Members on the performance of the Park area Housing Team and the Housing Investment Team for the period up to and including 31 st July 2016.
Discussion took place around empty properties and the high rent loss this incurred which was largely down to regeneration schemes.
Agreed – That the briefing paper be noted.
54 HOUSING REVENUE ACCOUNT BUDGETS UPDATE
The City Neighbourhoods and HousingPage 12 Manager of 262 submitted a briefing
paper which updated Members on the Housing Revenue Account (HRA) budget spend for the Park area for 2016/17.
Agreed – That the briefing paper be noted.
55 STREET NAMING DECISION
The Assistant Head of ICT Resources Directorate provided a report which sought a decision from the Committee with regard to a recommendation to change the name of Garrison Road, Hull to Roger Millward Way.
Members were advised of Riverside Area Committee’s concerns as to whether the road was managed by Highways England and subsequently whether the Council had the authority to amend the name, and also of their suggestion that the new stretch of Hedon Road be renamed instead of Garrison Road.
Discussion took place around the Garrison Road being the main artery into the East of the City and that no businesses would be affected by the re-naming.
Agreed –
a. That clarification be sought as to whether the road is managed a-b. Team by Highways England and subsequently whether the council Manager has the authority to amend the name, and Business and information b. that Members support the renaming of Garrison Road, Hull to Systems Roger Millward Way. Operations
56 STREET NAMING DECISION
The Assistant Head of ICT Resources Directorate provided a report which sought a decision from the Committee with regard to recommendations about two street names for a new residential development on Southcoates Lane, Hull. Team Manager Business and Agreed – That the matter be delegated to the Assistant City Manager information (Neighbourhoods) in consultation with the Southcoates East ward Systems members. Operations
57 PARK AREA NEIGHBOURHOOD MANAGEMENT UPDATE
The Assistant City Manager (Neighbourhoods) submitted a briefing paper which provided an update on ward activity across the Park area.
Agreed – That the briefing paper be noted.
58 PARK AREA FUNDS Page 13 of 262
The City Neighbourhood and Housing Manager provided a report which updated the Committee on the consolidated budget position for the Park Area in relation to Ward Budgets and to approve the exchange of capital funding for revenue funding between Ings and Holderness ward budget allocations.
Agreed –
a. That the ward budget balances for 2016/17 as set out at a-b. Assistant paragraphs 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 6.6 be noted, and City Manager – Neighbourhoods b. that as far as this Committee is concerned approval be given for £10,000 from the Holderness Ward Revenue budget to be exchanged for £10,000 from Ings Ward Capital budget.
59 PARK AREA ANNUAL REPORT 2015 -16
The Assistant City Manager – Neighbourhoods provided a briefing paper which presented the draft Annual Report for the Park area for 2015-16.
Members highlighted that the Annual Report was very useful and an excellent idea as long as it didn’t divert staff form other activities.
Agreed – That the paper be noted.
60 MINUTES OF THE AREA PARTNERSHIP HELD ON 11 TH JULY 2016
Agreed – That the minutes of the Park Area Partnership held on the 11 th July, 2016 be noted.
61 RESOLUTION LIST
The Democratic Services Officer submitted a list of outstanding actions from previous meetings.
Agreed –
a. That minutes 24a, 97d, 10c, 10d, 14d, 14e, 18c, 24b, 25b, a&d. Democratic 26a, 26b, 27b, 28b, 29b, 30b-d, 31c and 32b be deleted from Services Officer the list; b. City b. that a briefing paper on the future of the East Park Water Streetscene Feature be provided off agenda within the next two weeks; Manager
c. that an update be provided on the current situation with the c. Community Portobello Street Allotments, and Manager, Neighbourhoods d. that all remaining items bePage retained 14 of until 262 such time as matters East
are resolved.
62 WORK PROGRAMME
The Democratic Services Officer submitted the Work Programme to update Members on future agenda items.
Agreed –
a. That the Work Programme for future meetings be noted, a-b. Democratic Services Officer b. that Adult Social Care Review In-house Services be added to the work programme with a date to be confirmed.
Published on: 11 th October, 2016 Start: 9.30 a.m. Finish: 11.25 a.m.
Page 15 of 262
Page 16 of 262
Report to the Park Area Committee
Wards : Holderness, Marfleet, 16 November 2016 Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Hull Housing Strategy 2017 - 2020
Report of Nic Harne, Assistant City Manager
This item is not exempt Therefore exempt reasons are not applicable
This is a Non-Key Decision
1. Purpose of the Report and Summary
1.1 This report seeks the views of, and support from the Area Committee for the key priorities proposed in the developing Housing Strategy which will cover the period 2017 – 2020.
1.2 Hull’s existing Housing Strategy runs to the end of 2016. A new Strategy will set out the strategic framework for housing priorities across all tenures and in all areas of Hull for the next four years.
1.3 The Housing Strategy, and associated action plan, will reflect local and area specific need where appropriate.
It is, additionally, our intention to consult with relevant Area Committees on an action-specific basis after the Strategy has been approved by Cabinet in February 2017. As initiatives which align with the Strategy are identified, we will seek support and input from the relevant Committee at that point.
1.4 The Committee’s local expertise is sought in order to identify future private sector renewal areas which are detailed at Appendix 1. It should be noted that, at present, there are no monies set aside to carry out such works. This is an exercise to identify potential improvement areas should funding become available in the future.
2. Recommendations
2.1 That the Committee considers and comments on the proposed
Author: Ben Hanson Page 17 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 1 of 14 Housing Strategy’s priorities and approach, suggesting area- specific actions as appropriate, and supports the Strategy’s overarching aims.
2.2 That the Committee reviews the list of areas identified and considers whether they are the areas which should be prioritised for renewal works and other supportive measures (e.g. targeted interventions to deal with fly-tipping or ASB), suggesting alternative streets as per the Committee’s local knowledge.
2.3 That the Committee agrees to receive scheduled, area appropriate Housing Strategy updates – the regularity to be agreed once the Strategy’s action plan and governance arrangements are in place.
3. Reasons for Recommendations
3.1 As the Local Housing Authority, Hull City Council has a duty to produce a Housing Strategy which clearly articulates the housing sector’s collective aspirations and vision for the future. The Strategy supports the prioritisation of individual pieces of work, provides a framework for project development and, perhaps most importantly, provides a basis for external funding applications as they become available.
It is therefore important that the Committee provides its local housing knowledge so that it can be reflected in the Strategy and continue to be considered when identifying initiatives for its action plan.
3.2 The identification of future areas for renewal works and other supportive measures is required so that area-specific initiatives can be prioritised. This enables us to have areas already identified and proposed improvements already set out should capital funding become available in the future.
4. Impact on other Executive Committees (including Area Committees)
4.1 We are seeking the views of all Area Committees in respect of both the priorities identified for inclusion in the Strategy and proposed future renewal areas.
4.2 The draft Housing Strategy will be considered by the Health and Wellbeing Board in January 2017.
4.3 The Housing Strategy and proposed future renewal areas will be presented to Cabinet in February 2017 for approval prior to sign off at Full Council thereafter.
5. Background
Author: Ben Hanson Page 18 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 2 of 14
5.1 The Local Government Act 2003 provides some guidance as to what should be included in such a local housing strategy – ‘a local housing strategy is the local housing authority’s vision for housing in its area.’ and ‘[a local housing strategy] provides an overarching framework against which the authority considers and formulates other policies on more specific housing issues.’
Hull’s existing local housing strategy (Housing and Neighbourhood Renewal Strategy 2011 – 2016) comes to the end of its life this year. We are therefore consulting on the priorities thus far identified, and asking for area-specific input, for inclusion in the Housing Strategy 2017 – 2020 or its action plan.
5.2 A number of achievements can be partly attributed to the existing Strategy, including securing capital investment via external funding of approximately £45m; bringing around 600 empty homes back into use and enabling the housing market to produce 2,950 newly built homes.
An annual reporting process will be set up for the Housing Strategy and will provide partners with an overview of achievements and learning opportunities for the previous 12 months.
5.3 Consultation for the Housing Strategy 2017 – 2020 has engaged a range of partners, including housing associations, housing support providers and homelessness organisations as well as organisations whose service-users’ needs are only partly housing related (e.g. health service providers, welfare advice agencies and other Hull City Council service areas).
This dialogue with partners will continue over the coming months in order to refine and add more detail to the Strategy and action plan.
5.4 Comprehensive partnership working is needed to deliver successful outcomes. Hull City Council will act as an enabler and facilitator for other housing organisations to develop responses to the priorities. Funding opportunities for local authorities to deliver large scale capital programmes, similar to those previously seen in Hull’s regeneration areas, are becoming increasingly rare. Therefore, in order to deliver initiatives that address any of the proposed priorities, the wider housing system must work more closely together with resources being deployed in a collaborative manner.
5.5 There are many challenges faced by the housing sector as a result of ongoing welfare reforms. These risks include the risk of increasing homelessness in Hull and a reduction in the amount of rental income social landlords are able to collect; this will impact on service delivery. There is still little detail about exactly how legislative changes will work in practice; regulations are yet to be formulated. This makes it difficult to predict what the extent of the impact might be on Hull and its
Author: Ben Hanson Page 19 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 3 of 14 residents as a whole.
As well as the uncertainty outlined above, Hull is itself in a state of positive change. Green Port Hull and other economic development will bring more employment opportunities to the city. This combined with Hull as UK City of Culture in 2017, means that hopes and aspirations for the future of the city are high.
All of this makes developing a Housing Strategy challenging. The Strategy must be broad enough to be able to respond and adapt to the ever-changing context. The proposed priorities find a middle ground between mitigating the potential negative impact of national policy whilst outlining a housing system in the city which reflects collective aspirations and future housing needs.
5.6 The indicators used to produce the list of potential future private sector renewal areas were agreed at Cabinet in January 2016 and are included at Appendix 2.
6. Issues for Consideration
6.1 The Housing Strategy’s proposed priorities are set out under three separate but interlinked themes; Housing, People and Neighbourhoods.
The themes can be broadly summarised as follows:
• Housing – about existing assets • People – focused on individual housing need and the wider determinants of residents’ housing situations i.e. financial inclusion and health and wellbeing • Neighbourhoods – incorporates new build and regeneration, community cohesion and neighbourhood management
The following points set out the proposed priorities and rationale for inclusion in the Housing Strategy.
The table at Appendix 3 sets out the themes and respective priorities.
6.2 Housing - Deliver the best use of housing across the existing stock
In order to meet some of the city’s housing demand, we need to better work with the housing we have; to make sure that we are optimising its use to the best effect. Whilst the delivery of new build homes is important we must, at the same time, continue to innovate in the practice of maximising use of the existing housing stock.
In practice this might mean continuing efforts to reduce the number of Author: Ben Hanson Page 20 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 4 of 14 under-occupiers in social housing and supporting people to move to more appropriate housing.
Approximately 11% of Hull City Council properties are under-occupied whilst over 13% are overcrowded.
6.3 Housing - Improve standards in the private rented sector
This priority came out very strongly during consultation – conditions in some private sector properties are poor. The share of private rented sector housing (20%) in Hull has doubled since the early 1990s and is higher here than regional and national averages. The sector is most prevalent in the west of the city but does make up a significant minority of housing in Southcoates West (27%). Social housing makes up the majority of Southcoates East and Marfleet wards at 54% and 53% respectively.
There were over 1,200 requests for service made to Hull City Council’s private housing environmental health team during 2015/16; almost 300 Category 1 hazards (those requiring immediate intervention) were removed by the team.
The last private housing stock condition survey was carried out in Hull in 2009. The headline findings were that almost 29% of the private housing (rented and owner occupied) in the city was built before 1919; almost 69% of the city’s private sector stock was owner occupied and a quarter (in excess of 21,000 properties) of private sector homes had at least one Category 1 hazard.
6.4 Housing - Reduce the number of empty properties across the city
This continues to be a priority. Whilst some excellent and innovative work has been carried out to reduce the number of long-term empty properties (around 600 properties have been brought back into use over the past five years), almost 2,500 properties had been empty for 6 months or longer in Hull at the time of writing.
Concentrations of empty properties have a negative impact on the levels of ASB and crime in an area and also, more relevant to the Housing Strategy, present further opportunities to meet housing demand.
6.5 Housing - Increase the energy efficiency of existing homes, reducing the amount of household income spent on energy costs
This priority provides a clear link through to the Best Start in Life outcome group in the Health and Wellbeing Strategy, contributing to the reduction in fuel poverty for families in the city.
Information from the Department for Energy and Climate Change in
Author: Ben Hanson Page 21 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 5 of 14 2016 showed that 13.2% of Hull’s households are fuel poor but the incidence varies across the city. The incidence for the city as a whole was 11.1% based on figures released in 2014 and 11.7% based on figures released in 2015. Clearly, fuel poverty is a significant issue in the city and one which is getting worse.
The issue of fuel poverty is one which is multi-faceted; affected by the energy efficiency of homes, fuel/energy prices and household income. There is no one solution to dealing with fuel poverty and measures to address it will need to be developed in partnership with other organisations.
6.6 People - Understand the housing needs of our most vulnerable households and provide housing options which meet those needs
We need to develop a much better understanding of vulnerable residents’ housing needs and work more closely with colleagues in children’s services, adult social care, health service providers and health commissioners in order to do so.
During the consultation to date, partners have asked for more clarity with regard to older people’s housing needs in the city. The work required to develop a coherent and joined up understanding of need for all vulnerable groups will fall under this priority.
6.7 People - Provide appropriate and sustainable housing options for those affected by ongoing changes to the welfare benefit system
Government Welfare Reform will have huge financial implications and impact on the housing choice of, some specific groups of people such as those who are under the age of 21 and for single people under 35.
For those 18 – 20, there will be no automatic entitlement to housing benefit or the housing allowance component of Universal Credit. There will be exceptions but the detail is not yet known. Those who are 21 – 34 will only be entitled to the shared accommodation rate of Local Housing Allowance. At present there are few housing options open to this group (unless they are able to pay their rent without assistance) other than private rented sector Houses in Multiple Occupation (HMO).
There are currently around 1,300 households in this 21 to 34 age group on HCC’s housing register.
6.8 People - Increase financial inclusion to sustain existing occupation and support residents to achieve their longer term housing aspirations
Financial inclusion emerges as a priority as it is crucial to sustaining tenancies and owner occupation (therefore preventing homelessness). The achievement of longer term housing aspirations is impossible without financial inclusion.
Author: Ben Hanson Page 22 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 6 of 14
The estimated average household income in Hull was estimated to be £26,165 per annum in 2015. This is based on data purchased from Experian. 31% of households have an estimated annual household income of £15,000 or less; this is exactly the same proportion as it was in 2011, 2013 and 2014. There is significant variance of household income across the city, with one of the lowest averages observed in Marfleet ward (£20,592). One of the highest averages in the city is £32,372 in Holderness Ward.
Whilst household income is not the only factor which has an impact on financial inclusion, it is worth considering that the Minimum Income Standard for the UK developed by the Joseph Rowntree Trust suggests that a couple with two dependent children require a minimum annual gross income of £39,365 for a basic standard of living.
6.9 People - Deliver housing services in a way which maximises health and wellbeing benefits to residents
The links between health and housing are well established; better housing correlates with better health and wellbeing. A briefing from the Building Research Establishment (BRE) study calculated that the annual cost of poor housing to the NHS is at least £1.4bn.
The need to improve health and wellbeing in the city is apparent and clearly articulated in the Health and Wellbeing Strategy. As at 3 October 2016, 18% of Council tenants described themselves as disabled. When all household members are considered, 24% said their household included someone with a disability. The numbers of people with disabilities living in Council housing is thought to be higher than the reported rates.
There are many innovative approaches to improve health and wellbeing through housing and housing services both here in the UK and further afield; we will seek to identify best practice, emulate and further innovate with health and social care services in the city under this priority.
6.10 Neighbourhoods - Build more affordable, quality homes in well designed neighbourhoods which mirror the city’s aspirations for the future
More homes, of the right type and in the right locations, are needed in the city. This requirement will feature in housing strategies for the foreseeable future; the Strategic Housing Market Assessment states that there should be a 740 net increase of homes per year, with 15% of those being affordable. This priority, as well as outlining the net increase in homes also includes the need for housing development to reflect the city’s aspirations for the future – something which emerged a number of times during consultation.
Author: Ben Hanson Page 23 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 7 of 14
All of the Strategy’s priorities are designed to support the aims of the City Plan and its ultimate ambition to create 7,500 jobs. However, this priority is the one that most closely links to that ambition. If we are to attract investment in order to create more jobs we must work to deliver the requisite housing and neighbourhoods.
The current programmes delivering some of the large scale new build schemes in the city are due to end in 2018/19; the availability of grant monies such as those used to deliver existing schemes is much reduced and looks to stay that way, at least in the short term. The need to innovate and encourage partners to deliver on this priority will be key.
6.11 Neighbourhoods - Concentrate renewal works and other supportive measures in order to improve neighbourhoods
As detailed earlier in the report, alongside the request for comment on the Strategy’s proposed priorities, we are also seeking area-specific input to determine a list of future private sector improvement areas to ensure that, as well as developing new housing; attention is paid to existing housing and neighbourhoods.
In the short to medium term it is unlikely that the scale and pace of neighbourhood renewal such as that seen previously will be repeated. The availability of capital funding is much reduced and the estimated cost of carrying out improvement works to the remaining AAP areas plus the prioritised areas set out at Appendix 1 is approximately £37m.
However, whilst the Strategy and Renewal Team will continue to seek funding to carry out this type of work, the need to innovate under this priority is essential. The indicators used to populate the prioritised list include ASB and crime reports, environmental complaints (including fly tipping) and numbers of empty properties and so some of the supportive measures may include targeted intervention work with partners to more directly alleviate those issues.
6.12 Neighbourhoods - Support communities to set out, and deliver, the change they want to see in their neighbourhoods
The Localism Act 2011introduced neighbourhood planning as a right for communities. It means that communities can shape development in their areas through the production of Neighbourhood Development Plans, Neighbourhood Development Orders and Community Right to Build Orders. It does not mean that development already included in the Local Plan can be blocked by communities, but gives them additional rights to shape where those developments might go and what they will look like.
This priority came from a number of sources when discussing what
Author: Ben Hanson Page 24 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 8 of 14 makes a neighbourhood a good place to live – ‘residents having a stake and proper say in what’s happening’.
6.13 Neighbourhoods - Implement a fully integrated approach to neighbourhood management
This priority is explicitly mentioned in the existing Housing Strategy and its inclusion here attempts to formalise some of the partnership working which stakeholders have said they wish to see. Its aim is simply to ensure that services being delivered on an area specific basis are joined up.
In practice, it means enabling the housing system in Hull to work more closely with partners elsewhere. The effect will be that residents receiving services from multiple organisations will feel like it is a cohesive offer.
This priority supports the sector’s ongoing integration into the Early Help arena.
7. Options and Risk Assessment
7.1 Given that this paper sets out the Housing Strategy’s proposed priorities there are no financial, HR or legal implications which the Committee needs to consider when providing feedback on them or when considering the list of areas provided at Appendix 1.
Feedback received from the Committee will be summarised and provided alongside the final draft Strategy and proposed future renewal areas when presented to Cabinet in February 2017
There is a risk in relation to the uncertainty brought about by ongoing welfare benefit changes and the changing housing landscape over the next few years; this might mean that the Strategy or some of its priorities become obsolete. However, given that we need to produce and publish a Housing Strategy for next year onwards, and we believe that the priorities allow for change elsewhere – the Strategy sets out much of what is needed regardless of this.
8. Risk Assessment
8.1 The Housing Strategy is being written at time of uncertainty brought about by government changes to welfare benefits and an ever shifting housing landscape. This makes planning for the future difficult. There is a small risk that a strategy might become obsolete prematurely i.e. before 2020.
However, the proposed priorities and high level at which the Strategy is pitched mean that it will still be relevant regardless of
Author: Ben Hanson Page 25 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 9 of 14 change elsewhere in the system. Locally, the priorities are the right ones and they articulate what the city needs.
To mitigate the risk further, the proposed action plan and reporting process ensures that there is an annual review and re- prioritisation of work if required.
9. Consultation
9.1 A range of consultation has taken place to date, with a number of further opportunities for stakeholders to refine the content of the Strategy taking place over the next two months. Consultation to date has taken the form of structured workshops, questionnaires and informal discussions with key partners.
Some of the groups engaged to date are detailed below -
• Housing Strategy Focus Group (housing associations, support providers, developers, other Local Authorities) • Hull City Council Members – specific housing session • Registered providers group • Tenants’ Forum workshop • General public – via questionnaire • Other Hull City Council teams (e.g. Planning)
9.2 Targeted engagement with other Hull City Council services, health partners, housing providers and young people will take place in the coming weeks.
9.3 An Equality Impact Analysis will be carried out in due course and, where appropriate, further engagement with specific groups will be undertaken in order to reduce any inequalities – perceived or otherwise.
9.4 A full overview of consultation carried out will accompany the final draft of the Strategy and report to Cabinet in February 2017.
10. Comments of the Town Clerk (Monitoring Officer)
10.1 A Council's Housing Strategy is an over-arching document which reviews and draws together housing related policies and strategies across all tenure types. Whilst the Local Government Act 2003 places the concept of a Housing Strategy on a statutory footing there is currently no absolute duty to produce such a strategy nor is there statutory requirements as to what is to be included. Nevertheless the production of such a document is common place amongst local authorities and is seen as best practice. When formulating the Strategy, consideration should be given to other related strategies and particularly those which are required by statute such as the Homeless Strategy and the Tenancy Strategy. Author: Ben Hanson Page 26 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 10 of 14
11. Comments of the Section 151 Officer
11.1 The City Treasurer notes the request for views from the Area Committee.
The Housing Strategy itself will set out the strategic direction the City wishes to move in, but funding that vision in the current economic climate through public money especially is likely to be exceptionally challenging. A robust and evidence based Housing Strategy will help to demonstrate the need for whatever funding is available whether in relation to the Council or other partners.
Expectations of all stakeholders will need to be tempered accordingly.
12. Comments of HR City Manager and compliance with the Equality Duty
12.1 This report is noted by the City HR Manager. The priorities outlined have no staffing implications. Conducting an Equality Impact Assessment will ensure that no group is discriminated against as a result of Strategy adoption.
13. Comments of Overview and Scrutiny
13.1 The Hull Housing Strategy is due to be considered by the People and Communities Overview and Scrutiny Commission on 12 January 2017. Any comments or recommendations agreed by the Commission will be tabled at Cabinet alongside the report. (Sc5012)
14. Comments of the Portfolio Holder
14.1 As an enabler for the City Plan, housing in the city has a clear role to play in terms of attracting investment in order to create more jobs and contributes to building strong and resilient communities.
The Housing Strategy will set a clear direction for the Council and partners, helping to determine what is needed and how we should prioritise the use of our collective resources.
Comments made by Area Committee will be considered at Cabinet in February 2017 alongside the final draft of the Housing Strategy.
Cllr John Black, Portfolio Holder/City Plan Enabler: Council
Author: Ben Hanson Page 27 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 11 of 14 Infrastructure (including Housing and Waste Management)
Assistant City Manager – Housing Strategy and Renewal
Contact Officer: Ben Hanson, Housing Strategy Programme Leader Telephone No.: 616365
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - Appendix 1 – potential private sector improvement areas Appendix 2 – Indicators list Appendix 3 – Housing Strategy Vision, Themes and Priorities
Author: Ben Hanson Page 28 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 12 of 14 Implications Matrix
This section must be completed and you must ensure that you have fully considered all potential implications
This matrix provides a simple check list for the things you need to have considered within your report
If there are no implications please state
I have informed and sought advice from HR, No Legal, Finance, Overview and Scrutiny and the Climate Change Advisor and any other key stakeholders i.e. Portfolio Holder, relevant Ward Members etc prior to submitting this report for official comments I have considered whether this report Yes requests a decision that is outside the Budget and Policy Framework approved by Council Value for money considerations have been Yes accounted for within the report
The report is approved by the relevant City Yes Manager I have included any procurement/commercial Yes issues/implications within the report
I have considered the potential media interest Yes in this report and liaised with the Media Team to ensure that they are briefed to respond to media interest. I have included any equalities and diversity No implications within the report and where necessary I have completed an Equalities Impact Assessment and the outcomes are included within the report Any Health and Safety implications are Yes included within the report Any human rights implications are included Yes within the report I have included any community safety Yes implications and paid regard to Section 17 of the Crime and Disorder Act within the report I have liaised with the Climate Change No Advisor and any environmental and climate change issues/sustainability implications are
Author: Ben Hanson Page 29 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 13 of 14 included within the report
I have included information about how this Yes report contributes to the City Plan/ Area priorities within the report
Author: Ben Hanson Page 30 of 262 Status: FINAL Date: 22/11/2016 Page 14 of 14 Street prioritisation list
Output area Ward Quintile General Area E00065096 Southcoates West1st highest combined indicator areas Estcourt Street and court terraces off E00065097 Southcoates West1st highest combined indicator areas Belmont Street and parts of Estcourt Street E00065095 Southcoates West1st highest combined indicator areas Rosemead Street and court terraces off
E00064772 Marfleet 2nd highest combined indicator areas Carlton Avenue,Cyprus Street,Delhi Street,Egypt Street,Frodsham Street,Hedon Road,Marfleet Avenue Belle-Vue,Beresford Avenue,Ivy Villas,Pembroke Villas,Rose Villas,Rosebury Villas,Rosedale E00065094 Southcoates West2nd highest combined indicator areas Villas,Rosmead Street,Rosmead Villas Acasta Way,Ceylon Street,Clarence Avenue,Edmonton Villas,Holderness Villas,Marfleet Avenue,Marfleet E00064780 Marfleet 2nd highest combined indicator areas Lane,Strathcona Villas, E00065071 Southcoates West2nd highest combined indicator areas Belmont Street,New Bridge Road,Staxton Court,Sweet Dews Grove, E00065075 Southcoates West2nd highest combined indicator areas Birkdale Way,Sweet Dews Grove, E00064653 Holderness 2nd highest combined indicator areas Laburnum Grove,Leslie Avenue,Lorraine Street,Mayville Avenue,Myrtle Grove E00064776 Marfleet 2nd highest combined indicator areas Acasta Way,Brooklyn Villas,Ceylon Street,Church Lane,Hedon Road,Marfleet Lane, E00065046 Southcoates East3rd highest combined indicator areas Atwick Court,Cranswick Grove,Holmpton Grove,St Johns Grove,Ulrome Court E00065051 Southcoates East3rd highest combined indicator areas Foston Grove,Harpham Grove,Hilston Grove,Preston Road,Wansford Grove E00065054 Southcoates East3rd highest combined indicator areas Endeavour Crescent,Hilston Grove,Springdale Close,St Johns Grove,Wansford Grove E00065068 Southcoates East4th highest combined indicator areas Bessingby Grove,Bilton Grove,Marfleet Lane Carholme Villas,Coronation Avenue,Durham Villas,Floral Avenue,Middleton Avenue,Orpington E00065073 Southcoates West4th highest combined indicator areas Villas,Rensburg Street,Wellesley Avenue, E00065093 Southcoates West4th highest combined indicator areas Avondale,Jesmond Dene,Rustenburg Street,Ryland Villas,Victoria Avenue,Wenlock Terrace, Beech Grove,Camborne Grove,Florence Grove,Harrys Avenue,Irenes Avenue,Lamorna Avenue,Lorraine E00064645 Holderness 4th highest combined indicator areas Street,Poplar Grove,Sutton View E00170746 Marfleet 4th highest combined indicator areas Lee Smith Street, Newtown Court E00065045 Southcoates East4th highest combined indicator areas Exeter Grove,Flinton Grove,Foston Grove,Harpham Grove,St Johns Grove,Wansford Grove, E00065052 Southcoates East4th highest combined indicator areas Brigham Grove,Holmpton Grove,Marfleet Lane,Wansford Grove, E00065063 Southcoates East4th highest combined indicator areas Bilton Grove,Marfleet Lane, Aldborough Grove,Burstwick Grove,Exeter Grove,Ganstead Grove,Huggate Grove,Kilnsea Grove,Laytham Grove,Owthorne Grove,Roos Grove,Rowlston Grove,Ryehill Grove,Skirlington E00065066 Southcoates East4th highest combined indicator areas Grove,Wyton Grove
E00065085 Southcoates West4th highest combined indicator areas Ferens Court,Holderness Road,James Niven Court,New Bridge Road,Park Grove,Southcoates Lane, Albert Avenue,Allendale,Argyle Avenue,Gordon Avenue,Middleburg Street,New Bridge Road,Woodland E00065090 Southcoates West4th highest combined indicator areas Villas,York Terrace, E00064649 Holderness 4th highest combined indicator areas Chamberlain Road,Lamorna Avenue,Pendeen Grove,Rockford Grove, E00170747 Marfleet 5th highest combined indicator areas Hedon Road,Newtown Court,Victoria Parade,Wyke Street, E00065047 Southcoates East5th highest combined indicator areas Mappleton Grove,Preston Road, E00065055 Southcoates East5th highest combined indicator areas Cranswick Grove,Endeavour Crescent,Holmpton Grove,Ingland Court,
Page 31 of 262
11/09/2014
Page 32 of 262 Appendix
Indicators list
% Households without central heating % Households in fuel poverty * % Ctax empties 6mo+ % Day to day activities limited a lot by long term illness or disability Crimes per 1000 residents * Burglaries per 1000 residents * ASB reports to police and council per 1000 residents (not including noise and pet complaints reported to council) * Environmental complaints (fly-tipping and untidy land per 1000 residents) % dissatisfied or very dissatisfied with neighbourhood * % dissatisfied or very dissatisfied with open space * % dissatisfied or very dissatisfied with street appearance * *available at LSOA level only
Page 33 of 262
Page 34 of 262 Appendix 3
Hull Housing Strategy 2017 - 2020
Much more than just bricks and mortar, housing in Hull provides people with a solid foundation on which to build healthy, happy and fulfilling lives. Housing here creates opportunities for anyone to succeed and supports the Vision development of mixed and inclusive neighbourhoods.
Housing People Neighbourhoods Themes ty ty ood ed ed ures inures system system ealth and for those households sting stock sting stock ge ge they want educingthe for the future the future for ing aspirations ing cupation and Page 35 of 262 management Key priorities to see in neighbourhood their wellbeingbenefits residents to order improveto neighbourhoods provide housing options needs meet those which Improve the standards private sector inrented amount householdof costs on energy income spent Buildqualityaffordable, homesmore well design in and Reduceempty the number the across propertiesof ci Implement aintegrated fully approachneighbourhto affectedby theongoing to welfare benefit changes Deliver thebesthousinguseof from the across exi Increase financial inclusion sustainocto existing Concentrate and renewal otherworks supportive meas Increase efficiencythe energy existingof homes, r Provideappropriateand optionssustainable housing Deliver housing in way services a whichh maximises neighbourhoods the mirror which city’s aspirations Support communitiesout setto and the deliver chan support residents achieveto hous longertheir term Understandhousing ourofneeds the most vulnerable
Page 36 of 262
Briefing Note to the Park Area Committee Wards: - All
30 November 2016
Open Space Strategy - Consultation
Briefing Note of the City Streetscene Manager
1. Purpose of the Briefing Note
1.1 The purpose of this report is to consult with Park Area Members on the draft Open Space Strategy for the city.
1.2 To receive feedback from Park Area Members in relation to local priorities of open space both currently and in the future
2. Background
2.1 The open space strategy is a corporate commitment to the city's green and open spaces.
2.2 The main aim and key vision of the strategy is “protecting and improving Hull’s open spaces now and in the future.”
2.3 The Open Space Strategy sets out objectives for the improvement of the city’s open spaces and sets the standards required for the quantity, accessibility and quality of open spaces across the city.
2.4 Objectives have been set in association with different types of open space and also a set of universal objectives that cover a number of key features.
2.5 It is important that the quality and quantity of open spaces, together with their biodiversity, are sustainably maintained and enhanced for the benefit of current and future generations.
Page 37 of 262 3. Issues for Consideration
3.1 Area Action plans are being developed as part of the consultation process, in response to the strategy which will prioritise and steer actions that are important locally, whilst allowing a degree of flexibility in response to funds becoming available.
3.2 The area action plan needs to be designed to allocate resources in a way that maximises the value of capital investment and revenue expenditure by:
◦ identifying areas that need improvement; ◦ exploring new funding sources and identifying partnerships for targeted projects; ◦ developing opportunities for volunteer working; ◦ exploring opportunities for attracting inco me.
4. Next Steps
4.1 That the results of this consultation are incorporated within the Open Space Strategy and the Area Action Plans.
4.2 That the adoption of the Open Space Strategy is progressed through submission to Cabinet in March 2017.
Andy Burton - City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officer : Andrew Wilson Telephone No. : 612767
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: -
Appendix A – Draft Open Space Strategy
Appendix B – Park Area Action Plan
Page 38 of 262
Hull City Council Open Space Strategy
Protecting and improving Hull’s green and open spaces now and in the future
2016
Page 391 of 262
Foreword
Hull is a vibrant city with a vision for continued improvement. Recent vision and passion has led to investment in and recognition of Hull’s vibrancy and potential. With this energy Hull has an opportunity to make improvements to its parks and open spaces. We are extremely fortunate to have a number of historic parks, copious green open spaces and numerous well designed civic spaces across the city. Many of these are very popular with residents and community groups who are playing an ever more important role in making these sites their own. Many sites, however, are in need of investment and improvement.
The development of an open spaces strategy for the city started in 2008 when a large scale public consultation on open spaces was carried out. This will be repeated in the creation of Area Action Plans associated with this strategy. The results of the consultation have led the development of the strategy and of measures of quantity, accessibility and quality.
The quality and provision of some facilities is currently below what people expect them to be. This strategy sets out our proposals for raising quality, and giving Hull residents and visitors to the city better access to a wide variety of types of open spaces taking into account current financial constraints. Based on the views of residents, the objectives in this document addresses key concerns such as quality, maintenance, anti-social behaviour, and children and young people’s play provision. It is envisaged that these improvements will have a significant cost and time constraints associated with them and the implementation of the strategy will take some time, which is why there is a 20 year commitment to the strategy.
This open space strategy will help to set out how Hull City Council will invest in and manage the open spaces within its boundary and ownership. The strategy will not look solely at council owned land but at all the publicly accessible open space within the city. It will cover parks, open space, civic squares, play facilities and amenity green space. It will provide the evidence, set the direction and help secure funds for investment in open space.
The city of Hull is a unique place with distinct environmental, social and economic characteristics. These characteristics have had a significant influence on how this strategy has been prepared and it is hoped that the strategy reflects Hull’s unique identity.
Page 402 of 262
Contents 1. Executive Summary ...... 4 2. Introduction ...... 5 3. The Aim of the Strategy ...... 8 4. Open Space Strategic Context ...... 10 5. Open Space Standards ...... 17 6. Key Areas – What is Important to Hull ...... 23 7. Findings & Recommendations ...... 28 8. Implementation and Delivery ...... 43 9. References ...... 45 10. Appendices...... 47 Appendix 10.1 Glossary of Terms ...... 47 Appendix 10.2: Wider Functions of Hull’s Open Space ...... 48 Appendix 10.3: Relevant Sections of the National Planning Policy Framework ...... 49 Appendix 10.4: Quality Assessment Protocol ...... 50
Page 413 of 262
1. Executive Summary
The open space strategy is a corporate commitment to our green and open spaces. The main aim and key vision is “protecting and improving Hull’s open spaces now and in the future.” Hull has a number of different open spaces and corridors, some of higher quality than others. The importance of open space within Hull and the contribution that it makes to the health, wellbeing, image and identity for the residents of the city is acknowledged in the development of this strategy and it is important that the quality and quantity of open spaces, together with their biodiversity, are sustainably maintained and enhanced for the benefit of current and future generations.
The people of Hull value their open spaces and the benefit of having locally accessible, quality open space. It is therefore essential that we continue to preserve and enhance our open spaces so that future generations are also able to enjoy them. Hull’s city plan recognises that the city has a once in a generation opportunity to regain its status as a dynamic and thriving European port city, this requires the development of a high quality cityscape in order to enhance visitors’ and business’ experience of the city.
The key challenges facing Hull include providing sufficient housing, employment opportunities, reviving our neighbourhood areas, transforming the city centre, achieving economic growth and addressing social, environmental and sustainability issues. Open spaces are particularly important as the health of the population and the average wage are both below the national average making them an important aspect of residents’ recreation time. High quality open spaces are acknowledged as an important part of any regeneration programme. There is a strong evidence base that well maintained parks add to the perceived and realised value of property in an area. With developments happening across the city it is important to preserve and enhance our open spaces as part of the overall process. The future provision of open space will be challenging for Hull, particularly in the short term with little identified or committed funding to deliver projects but it is hoped that Hull can respond to the challenges posed and deliver a real difference for the residents of Hull.
This strategy sets out objectives for the improvement of the city’s open spaces and sets the standards required for the quantity, accessibility and quality of open spaces across the city. Objectives have been set in association with different types of open space with respect to feedback from residents and a set of universal objectives that cover a number of key features. Area Action plans will be developed in association with residents and ward councillors in response to the strategy which will prioritise and steer actions that are important, whilst allowing a degree of flexibility in response to funds becoming available and projects happening within a specific area.
Page 424 of 262
2. Introduction
Open spaces are an important part of our built and natural environment and are a vital component of sustainable development. Open spaces should comprise a strategically planned and delivered network of quality open spaces and other environmental features which are capable of delivering a wide range of environmental and quality of life benefits for local communities. At the planning stage, new open spaces should be designed to ensure they fit a range of uses so that they can be well integrated into new developments or existing open spaces. Open spaces play an essential role in improving public health and mental wellbeing and helping to adapt to climate change. It visually improves the built environment through landscaping; it can provide wildlife habitats; safeguard biodiversity; help manage flood risk; attract new business and investment to an area and also promote a sense of place and community identity. The intention is that the Open Space Strategy will create an over-arching vision for the city and set a framework for the provision of a network of high quality accessible and multi-functioning open space within the context of growth and regeneration. The strategy will provide a basis for the delivery of projects and a robust evidence base for prioritising investment and further policy documents.
There is great potential for growth, development and regeneration within Hull with a vision for a ‘green city’ and the creation of new jobs and industry within the city. With this, comes the need for additional housing developments and the renewal of current developments. New development presents an opportunity for securing new and improved open space provision as part of a comprehensive Open Space Strategy. Various growth scenarios have been assessed for Hull and the requirement for new open spaces has been highlighted for each. Robust open space quantitative, qualitative and accessibility standards are required to ensure that appropriate provision - size, location, type and future maintenance - is secured. The protection, enhancement and management of open space will be an essential aspect of the sustainable delivery of the council’s housing targets. The Open Space Strategy is an important step in ensuring growth and will enhance Hull’s existing open spaces and embed the ideals for creating new open spaces, habitats and green corridors that complement new development and ensure the needs of existing and future residents are met.
As part of the preparation of the Open Space Strategy, a review of Hull City Council’s open space standards has been undertaken in order to develop a Hull specific set of local standards for a range of open space which reflect local circumstances and strategic policy objectives. The objective is to develop a set of standards which are easily understood and applied by both developers and the local planning authority (LPA) in determining planning applications and delivering high quality sustainable development in line with the Local Plan. The development of the 2014 Open Space Review was driven by the need to develop a good understanding of the local context and build on the large body of previous work and studies undertaken in connection with previous strategies. The methodology of the study has been developed in accordance with the requirements of the project brief and is based upon setting out the appropriate parameters to define and deliver an Open Space Strategy and associated Area Action Plans which will create a high quality living environment and meet the needs of existing and future residents of Hull.
The development of local standards should be evidence-based and supported by knowledge of existing provision and an assessment of demand. Open space standards provide an easy to use,
Page 435 of 262
transparent foundation for the negotiation of planning agreements and a robust method for assessing the type, amount, location and quality of provision needed in an area. Through new development they allow for an assessment of existing provision and a mechanism to secure new provision and improvements to existing provision together with future maintenance. The review of open space standards has been based on the audit of open space provision in the City undertaken in 2008 (PMP, 2008 Hull City Council – Open Space, Sport and Recreation Study) and has been informed by the Hull City Council Open Space & the Natural Environment Review (2014, Planning Policy) and Playing Pitch strategy 2011-2021 (2007, Parks and Open Spaces). The review has also taken into account the further work undertaken by Natural England, the Hull and East Riding Local Nature Partnership and public consultation undertaken as part of the open space study undertaken by specialist sport and leisure consultants, PMP Consultancy in 2008 to understand residents’ use of open spaces in the city.
This document supports recommendations for local standards for open space provision that are to be applied to new development proposals in the city and in the provision of open space through the planning process.
Hull’s parks and open spaces play an important part in improving the overall appearance of the city as well as enhancing the quality of life for the communities who live and work around them; they have provided opportunities for active and passive recreation, relaxation and play for generations. From the Victorian heritage of Pearson Park and East Park, the peace and tranquillity of Noddle Hill Local Nature Reserve and the River Hull corridor, to the hustle and bustle of Humber Quays and Queen’s Gardens in the city centre; Hull has a great deal to offer both residents and visitor alike. As the daily pressures of the modern world increase, it is vital that these opportunities are still available for all and it is important that the council works to ensure that the future of Hull’s open spaces are protected and developed/improved to reflect the changing needs of the city and its residents.
Over the last few years, the parks and open spaces team has achieved a great deal, with significant regeneration to open spaces across the city, Green Flag award for the city’s East Park and the development of natural play and facilities for young people across the city. Recent economic shifts have put pressure on our open spaces not experienced since the declines of the 1980s with a reduction in staff numbers and cuts in maintenance regimes seen across the city. In times of economic downturn the ability to access free and quality open space becomes ever more important.
An open space strategy for Hull is needed in order to set clear goals for the protection and improvement of our great variety of open spaces. The strategy will help to generate political and inter-departmental support for open spaces and create a vision shared by councillors, officers, key partners, stakeholders and communities to ensure that the open space network meets the needs of local people now and in the future. The development of action plans will provide a framework for resource allocation that maximises funding to support improvements in Hull’s open spaces where they are most required.
With Hull being the UK City of Culture in 2017, the strategy acts as a driving force to ensure that open space makes a real contribution to developing the city’s economy and cultural opportunities and the vision of the city becoming a world class tourist destination.
Page 446 of 262
This Open Spaces Strategy is a significant step forward in identifying the city’s priorities for open spaces. Achieving the vision will be a challenging task for the services involved, requiring innovative thinking and the development of strong partnerships with other public bodies, community groups, and also the private and voluntary sectors to ensure that value for money is delivered.
The strategy is part of a wider focus on how the city as a whole will develop. Work is currently taking place to produce the Hull Local Plan, a new planning framework for the city and it is anticipated that the open space strategy standards will be incorporated into the Hull Local Plan adopted framework.
Page 457 of 262
3. The Aim of the Strategy
3.1 Vision The strategy aims to establish a clear vision for green and open spaces within Hull. The strategy will be a 20 year framework that contributes to the planning, regeneration and management of open spaces in Hull by providing guiding principles and standards. It is important to generate councillor and inter-departmental support for open spaces so that they can be protected and enhanced for present and future generations. The open space strategy should be viewed as a council-wide document, which should directly contribute to delivering the council’s corporate aims and objectives. The Open Space Strategy will link to the Local Plan and provide the basis with which to maximise the opportunities provided by new development.
The strategy should provide the evidence to inform future obligations and charging mechanisms to be placed through the planning system and allocations document concerning potential housing and employment sites. The Open Space Strategy will play an important part in the design and creation of open spaces in the future and will make it easier to commit and direct responsibility, objectives, resources and actions. The neighbourhood-based action plans accompanying this document will form the up to date evidence base upon which these decisions will be established.
3.2 The Desired Outcomes The Desired Outcomes of the strategy will be: To provide a network of high quality open spaces To agree the range of different types of parks and open spaces across the city and a local standard for provision in Hull. Protect needed green space from development. To give a mechanism to assess the current quality and standards of open space provision in Hull. Produce a comprehensive action plan to address issues of quality and quantity in open space provision (new facilities will only be provided or supported if they contribute to the appropriate distribution of facilities). To ensure the city’s open spaces meet the needs of the whole community. To provide a framework against which the aspirations of the Open Space Strategy can be implemented by Hull Culture and Leisure in partnership with Hull City Council. A framework against which future funding decisions and applications can be made. To ensure that good quality open spaces are accessible to all communities. To provide clear objectives, and priorities, for the provision and management of open space during development and redevelopment opportunities through the development of an Action Plan that will set out the plan of works over future years. Work with providers and community groups (sports clubs, friends of groups) to secure and develop open spaces, sport and recreational facilities. Encourage active lifestyles and promote social inclusion. Ensure that existing and future provision complies with DDA legislation and is fully accessible for all residents
Page 468 of 262
Provide affordable facilities, which are accessible to all sections of the community.
In providing high quality open spaces there is the potential to enhance the quality of the local environment for residents, visitors and wildlife. The hopes and aspirations of local communities and friends groups for open spaces was investigated in depth as part of the open space audit and the results from that have been an integral part in deciding accessibility, quantity and quality standards. From the consultation, a basic requirement for sites was ‘keeping open spaces clean and safe’. The open space strategy aspires to ensure that the needs of different sections of the community are clearly recognised and provided for in order to allow opportunities for local people to take an active role in the management and development of their local open spaces. Several sites across the city involve voluntary and community groups and enhanced local ownership of a site can only result in positive long-term benefits for that site.
Hull’s vision of a lasting legacy of culture in the city allows parks and open spaces to play a role in cultural performances and gatherings from local multi-cultural events to opera in the park. It is necessary to clearly identify open spaces where performances and events can take place and ensure these are fully promoted and invested in to ensure the safe and effective running of future events. A key development theme for Hull is the Green City vision, whilst this primarily focuses on renewables; a sustainable and intact green network will greatly contribute to this vision.
Our parks and open spaces are valuable assets; however, they are increasingly under threat from reductions in central government funding to local authorities. Spending on parks and open spaces is likely to continue to fall leaving councils with the dilemma of how to provide a quality service to the public in their position of guardians of public assets. Certain areas of the city have large amounts of low quality open space. Significant improvements are needed to provide residents across Hull with good access to good quality parks and open spaces.
The action plans will be designed to allocate resources in a way that maximises the value of capital investment and revenue expenditure by: identifying areas that need improvement; exploring new funding sources and identifying partnerships for targeted projects; developing opportunities for volunteer working; exploring opportunities for attracting income.
Page 479 of 262
4. Open Space Strategic Context
4.1 How Has The Strategy Been Developed? During 2008, Hull City Council commissioned consultants PMP to undertake a comprehensive open space study, in accordance with government guidance. This would inform the development of an Open Space Strategy for Hull. The comprehensive study assessed the quantity, quality and accessibility of different types of open space within the city including parks, natural and semi natural open space, amenity green space, play facilities for children and young people, outdoor sports provision, allotments gardens, cemeteries and churchyards and green corridors. This document was updated and enhanced in 2014 by a planning policy officer to include accessible open spaces outside of the city boundary and civic spaces. The findings of these projects along with the results of public consultation help form the basis for this strategy, the methodology adopted has been tailored to address the city’s distinct characteristics. This strategy relates to open space within Hull only and addresses open spaces that the council owns and manages outside of its boundaries.
4.2 Measures of Success The government’s policy objectives for open space were originally set out in Planning Policy Guidance (PPG) 17 which contained specific guidance on planning open spaces; this now has been superseded by the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF). Hull’s Open Space Strategy has been developed to implement national policy, which requires effective planning for open space, sport and recreation against current and up to date assessments of local demand. The strategy is required to ensure that local standards of provision are set with reference to the 2014 Open Spaces Review and future standards are met by providing a mechanism by which the council can require open space to meet these local standards.
The NPPF sets out the government’s planning policies and covers all topics on open space including biodiversity, sport, and recreation. It states that in order to ensure effective planning for open space, local authorities should undertake audits to identify existing and future needs for open space. In addition, it specifies that existing open space should not be developed unless ‘the assessment clearly indicates that the open space is surplus to requirements; or the loss would be replaced by equivalent or better provision in terms of quantity and quality in a suitable location; or the development is for alternative sports and recreational provision, the needs for which clearly outweigh the loss’.
4.3 What is Open Space? In the Hull context, open space includes all recreational amenity areas including civic spaces, parks, playing fields and allotments. When planning a new development or regeneration project within an area, there needs to be a standard approach to ensure the delivery of open spaces as part of the project. In general, open spaces serve a number of functions and the approach to planning open spaces needs to consider the creation and maintenance of a solid network of multifunctioning open spaces and corridors which provide links for both people and wildlife. This strategy also includes civic spaces. Civic spaces are considered to be an important part of any thriving city centre; offering pleasant outdoor spaces for tourists, workers and communities, enhancing the overall value of city working and living spaces making the city more attractive to visitors who will spend more time in the city and, furthermore spend more money in the area.
Page 4810 of 262
The Government provides a definition of green infrastructure in Planning Policy Statement (PPS) 12: “green infrastructure is a network of multi-functional open spaces, both new and existing, both rural and urban, which supports the natural and ecological processes and is integral to the health and quality of life of sustainable communities.” In Hull, green infrastructure is a term that is used to describe all green and natural elements of open space. This links together to form a coherent network known as Hull’s green network.
Natural England place great importance on green infrastructure and its role in sustainability and delivering ecological services and quality of life benefits for the communities it serves. Natural England’s approach looks at green infrastructure on a landscape scale and its delivery from a sub- regional to local neighbourhood level. The Hull Open Space Strategy is minded to ensuring the continuity of the wider green network and it connectivity to the East Riding to ensure that both accessible natural open spaces within local communities and often much larger sites in the urban fringe and wider countryside are accommodated.
PPG 17 set several different typologies for open space and these are the definitions that were used in the 2008 Open Spaces Review throughout the consultation process, during the open space audit process and, as a result, they are now well understood in the Hull framework. Table 1 describes the different categories for open space in Hull.
Typologies that fall outside of the strategy include street trees, school grounds, highways landscapes, open space in private ownership, operational cemeteries, church yards associated with active worship, community gardens, and city farms. Although these sites have little recreational value for the general public it is recognised, however, that they form an important part of the city’s green infrastructure.
Page 4911 of 262
Table 1.0: Local definitions for Open Space Typologies in Hull
Type Definition Primary Purpose Allotments Opportunities for people to grow their own produce as • growing vegetable, fruit part of the long-term promotion of sustainability, and flowers health and social inclusion. May also include community gardens and urban farms. This typology does not include private gardens. Amenity Most commonly but not exclusively found in housing • informal activities close to green space areas. Includes informal recreation green spaces and home or work village greens. • children’s play • enhancement of the appearance of residential or other areas Cemeteries Cemeteries and churchyards including disused • burial of the dead and churchyards and other burial grounds. • quiet contemplation churchyards Civic spaces Hard surfaced and designed landscapes including • community events formal gardens associated primarily with the city • setting for civic buildings centre and neighbourhood centres. Green Includes paths and bridleways, cycle paths, buffer • walking, cycling or horse corridors strips, rights of way, river and drain banks and used riding and disused railway lines. • leisure purposes or travel • opportunities for wildlife migration Natural and Includes publicly accessible woodlands, scrub, • wildlife conservation semi-natural grasslands, wetlands and wastelands. High biodiversity biodiversity green spaces value and rural feel. • environmental education and awareness Outdoor Natural or artificial surfaces either publicly or privately • outdoor sports pitches sports owned used for formal and informal sport and • tennis courts and bowling facilities recreation. Includes school playing fields. greens • golf courses • athletics tracks Parks Parks usually contain a variety of facilities, and may • informal recreation have one of more of the other types of open space • community events within them. People will travel a greater distance to use these facilities. Provision for Areas designed primarily for play and social interaction • children’s play children involving children below aged 12. Includes equipped play facilities only. Provision for Areas designed primarily for play and social interaction • teenage shelters young involving young people aged 12 and above. Considers • skateboard parks people only those spaces specifically designed for use by • BMX tracks young people • Multi Use Games Areas
Page 5012 of 262
4.4 Size of Open Spaces There are nearly 900 open space sites within the Hull’s boundary, over 600 of these are accessible amounting to a total of 1676 hectares with approximately 900 hectares being publicly accessible. Many of these sites are very small and have been created with the loss of housing sites or created as play provision provided by new development. East Park and Noddle Hill Local Nature Reserve (LNR) are two of the largest accessible open spaces in the city, both covering over 40 hectares. The smallest recognised sites tend to be children’s play facilities measuring less than 0.1 hectares.
4.5 Why do we need to protect? The benefits of open space to people are often overlooked and their value to an area undervalued and misunderstood. Over the last twenty years there has been a renaissance with regards to acknowledging our open spaces and the functions they provide in delivering a wide range of environmental, social and economic benefits. The Open Space Strategy will help Hull deliver a network of accessible high-quality open spaces for sport, recreation and wildlife. In setting the minimum standards for open space provision it will help the council meet the needs of all residents of Hull and will assist planners and developers in providing the right open space in the correct location.
Open Spaces provide a range of functions across the City as outlined in Table 2.
Table 2: Multifunctional benefits from the provision of high quality Open Spaces SOCIAL ECONOMIC SUSTAINABILITY Develops people and communities One of the city’s most important Ecosystem services; assets. Health/well being/increased life High quality public realm attracts Buffer against climate change; expectancy investment and tourism Flood mitigation: aqua greens and sustainable drainage schemes. Communities actively participating Adds value to houses and Cooling effect of open space neighbourhoods Increases level of satisfaction Conserving and enhancing local Local food production within the local area townscapes Play and recreation is important Opportunities to boost the local Protects the biodiversity network; for child development; both economy by investing in the Provision of habitat for specific physical and cognitive environment. types of wildlife Social inclusion Tourism and the visitor economy Improved air quality Educational resource Contributes to regeneration Reduces noise and light pollution Heritage and Cultural identity Creates a sense of place, which is Short- to medium-term carbon vital to community spirit and sequestration attracts visitors
4.6 Legal Context Although open space provision is not a statutory provision in itself, it is still governed by Acts of Parliament and there are certain legal obligations placed on the management of open spaces. Legislation such as Sites of Special Scientific Interest, Special Areas of Conservation and Heritage classifications put a legal obligation of the Council to manage these areas of land to a standard that
Page 5113 of 262
does not let them degrade. National policy context is set out in the Sustainable Communities Act (2007) and Section 40 of the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act (NERC) 2006 places a statutory duty on all public authorities to conserve biodiversity. Through the publication of the Natural Environment White Paper by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra), the Government asserted that a healthy, well-functioning natural environment is the foundation of sustained economic growth, prospering communities and personal wellbeing.
4.7 Policy in Hull
4.7.1 Hull City Plan The Hull City Plan was conceptualised in 2013 with a vision of “creating 7,500 jobs for local jobseekers” by taking advantage of Hull’s unique identity and strengths; its location and its rich heritage and culture. The hard work of many has manoeuvred Hull into the embryonic stages of becoming a major renewable energy centre with new businesses, energy production and conservation. Through this process, it is hoped that the city can capitalise on opportunities for city centre regeneration, to further increase the number of visitors and boost the local economy. The City Plan focuses on five priorities to achieve the main goal to create and sustain jobs in Hull. These are:
1. Harness all Hull’s assets to become the leading UK Energy City 2. Make Hull a world class visitor destination 3. Help residents to make their money go further 4. Prevention and early intervention 5. Safeguarding the most vulnerable residents
Through these five priorities run several themes that are intricately linked to the aims and objectives of the Open Space Strategy. At the heart of making Hull a world class visitor destination is investment in the public realm; ensuring that the city centre is a place where people want to work, live and visit. The provision of high quality civic and open spaces creates a sense of pride and opportunities to link these spaces with the protection and enhancement of Hull’s heritage and culture should be maximised.
4.7.2 Hull Local Plan Hull’s Local Plan (in preparation) has a vision that by 2030 “Hull’s network of parks, playing fields and other open spaces are enhanced and linked by high quality green corridors”. This strategy will focus how improvement to the network of green infrastructure and open spaces within the city can be made, specifically enhancing the visitor offer and to increase the environmental sustainability of the city in the future. This will help Hull to address climate change using wide-ranging and sustainable mitigation and adaptation measures. The Open Space Strategy and its associated Action Plans will help form an evidence base for the Local Plan and the requirements of policies within the document.
4.7.3 Relevant Strategic Priorities to 2030 Strengthen economic growth in the city. Improve the city centre. Protect and enhance open spaces and natural environment.
Page 5214 of 262
Mitigate flood risk and address climate change. Develop an environment that supports healthy lifestyles and wellbeing. Ensure Hull has the infrastructure to deliver the Local Plan’s aspirations.
4.7.4 Other Relevant Strategies Other Strategies that link to the Open Spaces Strategy are: Active Hull: A Strategy for Sport and Physical Activity 2014-2017 (places and spaces section) Public Realm Investment Strategy Environment and Climate Change Strategy 2010-2020 Sustainable Travel Strategy Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2014-2020 Hull Surface Water Management Plan and associated Aqua Greens Project Flood Risk Management Plans Rights of Way Improvement Plan 2009 – 2019 Area Action Plans
4.7.5 Sub-strategies These strategies and policies will link to the Open Space Strategy
Playing Pitch Strategy The Playing Pitch Strategy complements the Open Space Strategy and analyses the current and projected supply and demand for playing pitches within the Hull. It identifies areas of under and over provision of pitches, future needs and any issues affecting pitch quality. The Playing Pitch Strategy provides a focus for investment and future development in the provision of playing pitches in Hull. It aims to ensure that facilities are of good quality, appropriate and accessible. The audit of playing pitches within the strategy shows the need to upgrade facilities and determines whether there is sufficient provision across the city in respect of the Sport England standard. Sport England requires the Playing Pitch Strategy to be a ‘living document’ being annually updated in response to changing demands.
City Tree Plan The City Tree Plan is currently in draft and will form a sub-strategy to this document. It sets out the long term strategy for Urban Forestry management. Hull has a rich and diverse tree heritage dating from as far back as the late 19th century. The City Tree Plan describes the aims and objectives which are required to deliver the optimum, sustainable future tree population for the city. It also provides the policy statements and management prescriptions necessary to achieve the objectives. The Tree Plan covers the management of privately owned and public trees including highways trees, Victorian parks and tree planting schedules for the future.
Allotment and Community Garden Strategy The Allotment and Community Garden Strategy will form a sub-strategy to this document and sets out the long term strategy for sustainable food growing in the city. Community food growing and allotments are high on the agenda for a number of the city’s environmental groups and the social, health and sustainability rewards are widely championed. Community farms also have a place in the
Page 5315 of 262
Hull agenda with the well established East Hull Community Farm, a charity serving as an important educational resource in the East of the city and the development of a City Farm off Beverley Road.
Hull Biodiversity Action Plan Hull’s adopted Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) was published in 2002 and needs updating with regards to the information it contains about the requirements for, and status of, nature conservation in Hull. The BAP sets out the city council’s approach to natural environment issues and covers the processes relating to the implementation and monitoring of the plan and its associated actions. Hull’s BAP seeks to protect and enhance the city’s key ecological assets targeting key species and habitats found in the city through a series of actions delivered by a range of partners. The updating of Hull’s BAP through the Open Space Strategy Action Plans presents an opportunity for Hull to demonstrate its commitment to meeting the biodiversity duty imposed on local authorities within the NERC Act.
Page 5416 of 262
5. Open Space Standards
5.1 National Standards Historically, no formal national standard has been established for open spaces. Many organisations (Fields in Trust, Natural England, Woodlands Trust, the National Society of Allotment and Leisure Gardeners and the Forestry Commission) have established a framework for standards applicable to certain elements of open space. The Fields in Trust standard is a long-established benchmark for outdoor play space; known as the 6 acre standard’ which reflects provision for play space in the context of amenity space. The standard has been loosely applied to Hull in the past.
Although now superseded by the NPPG the PPG17 is the current accepted context for the preparation of open space standards at the national level.
PPG 17 states that standards should include:
1. Quantity standard How much open space of different types there should be. 2. Quality standard The relevant level of quality which green spaces should attain. 3. Accessibility standard The reasonable distance people should expect to travel to reach a particular green space.
These form the basis for the Hull Open Space Standards. PPG 17 also recognises the importance of sport and recreation for an individual’s health and well-being and encourages the allocation of land and water resources for organised sport and informal recreation. This highlights the importance of protecting areas for recreation and amenity open spaces which enhance the quality of urban life; and encouraging the provision of a wide range of opportunities for all.
5.2 Open Spaces Management
5.2.1 Hull City Council Hull is unusual in comparison with most authorities nationally in that the council is in ownership of the majority of the open spaces across the city and around its boundaries. The strategic control of the city’s parks and open spaces lies directly with Hull City Council and their Parks and Open Spaces Development and Strategy team.
5.2.2 Hull Culture and Leisure The day to day operational management of city council owned parks and play spaces lies with Hull Culture and Leisure Ltd (HCAL), a council owned leisure and heritage company. HCAL hold the maintenance and repair budget for play equipment and have responsibility for income generation through events and facilitating sporting fixtures within their sites but report directly to Hull City Council. The current inspection programme for play equipment involves a bi-monthly assessment of the city’s play equipment that is undertaken by specialist engineers and bi-annual inspections by the Council’s insurers.
Page 5517 of 262
5.2.3 Grounds Maintenance Hull City Council’s Streetscene Services undertake the grounds maintenance and cleansing of all council owned amenity green spaces, green corridors, cemeteries, golf courses, civic spaces and outdoor sports grounds. They also carry out grounds maintenance in parks managed by Hull Culture and Leisure.
5.3 Setting Hull-Based Standards The standards apply to publicly accessible open space and have been set using a locally based approach using standards developed from the 2008 PMP assessment of open space in Hull. In setting Hull’s open space standards, it is essential that they are locally determined and they reflect the city’s open space assets and historic patterns of provision. Whilst quantity standards vary between authorities, reflecting their particular geographies, continuity between accessibility standards is of particular importance. This is critical where new development is proposed to ensure consistency of provision and to meet aspirations that ensure sustainability for future generations. The baseline and hence ‘local standards’ reflect Hull’s tight urban boundaries and as a result some national standards will not be achievable within our city.
5.4 Prioritising the standards Quality of provision is the priority for residents of Hull and the main factor in determining whether open spaces will be used. Priority will be therefore given to meeting the quality standard followed by distance and quantity even when this means that the number of sites in the city may be reduced.
5.5 Quality Standards Quality assurance issues are the essential elements of a quality standard and traditionally, no national standard has been set for quality of open spaces; however, several schemes recently have aimed to address this. A national measure of quality in parks and open spaces is provided by the Green Flag Award scheme. Through this initiative, councils are encouraged to manage their parks and open spaces in accordance with the Green Flag standard, as outlined in Raising the Standard, the guide to the Green Flag Award scheme. Sites are judged against eight key factors. 1. A welcoming place 2. Healthy, safe and secure 3. Clean and well maintained 4. Sustainability 5. Conservation and heritage 6. Community involvement 7. Marketing 8. Management
5.5.1 Hull Approach to Quality Hull has chosen to assess quality of open space by benchmarking individual sites against national standards, adapted for Hull. The Green Flag standards are recognised nationally as providing aspirational targets for open spaces across the UK. The standards have been adapted to reflect those categories that are important to the people of Hull. See Appendix 10.4.
Page 5618 of 262
Hull City Council believes that an emphasis should be placed on quality of provision, ensuring that sites are maintained and improved to an acceptable standard. Open space standards have been set for Hull based on a broad set of standards and through consultation set out in the Open Space Assessment, National Standards and Hull City Council’s aspirations. Standards are based on a minimal acceptable standard to allow rapid and easy assessment of the quality of a particular site. The quality standards will allow objective assessments as to how and whether existing open spaces need improving. Beyond the minimum acceptable standard, they are aspirational for the existing provision and for the requirements of new provision. The Hull quality standards are loosely based on Green Flag criteria.
5.5.2 Land Audit Management System Land Audit Management System (LAMS) is a quality inspection system, initially developed by local authorities in Scotland which has now been rolled out on a UK wide basis, to monitor grounds maintenance and/or street cleansing for a total street scene quality score. The LAMS system has already been proven to be a simple and effective performance measuring system, which has benefits far beyond simply showing the cleanliness and quality of open spaces and the street scene. A number of transects across a local authority area are chosen where inspections are undertaken every month. These transects typically include a number of different amenity types or ‘zones’: • High amenity e.g. town centres • General amenity e.g. approaches to towns • Low maintenance e.g. woodlands By assigning a quality/cleanliness grade to each of the transects within each of the different types of zones, an overall picture can be established as to the cleanliness and quality of a local authority’s environment and scores can be benchmarked against other local authorities.
5.5.3 Previous Hull Quality Audit An audit of quality was undertaken in 2008 by independent consultants across all of Hull’s publicly accessible green and open spaces. The audit assessed quality from a visitor’s perspective and revealed wide ranges in quality across all types of spaces and within all areas. Key findings of the open spaces assessment’s customer research project showed that quality was the most important consideration affecting satisfaction with barriers to use of open spaces listed as poor maintenance, dog fouling, litter, anti-social behaviour. A rolling programme of open space audits is required in order to assess where improvements are required and how open spaces can be utilised to fulfil their potential; this will have resource implications but it is necessary to complete in order for the council to comply with section 73 of the National Planning Policy Framework (see Appendix 10.3: ).
5.6 Accessibility Standards In 2010, Natural England published ‘Nature Nearby’ that sets new standards for accessible natural green space standards (ANGSt) for towns and cities. These are as follows No person should live more than 300 metres from their nearest area of accessible natural green space of at least 2 hectares in size which roughly equates to two full size football pitches There should be at least one 20 hectare accessible natural green space within 2 kilometres of home There should be one 100 hectare accessible green space site within 5 kilometres
Page 5719 of 262
There should be one 500 hectare accessible natural green space site within 10 kilometres At least 1 hectare of statutory Local Nature reserve should be provided per 1,000 population A minimum of one hectare of statutory local nature reserves per 1,000 population
Play England aims that all children and young people in England have regular access to free and inclusive local play provision and recreation space.
The Woodland Trust has produced a Woodland Access Standard (WASt) which states that: No person should live more than 500m from at least one area of accessible woodland of no less than 2 hectare in size. There should also be at least one area of accessible woodland of no less than 20ha within 4km (8km roundtrip) of people's homes.
The National Society of Allotment and Leisure Gardeners suggest a standard of 20 allotments per 1000 households (i.e. 20 allotments per 2,200 population based on 2 per household) or 1 allotment per 200 people. This equates to 0.125 ha per 1000 population based on an average plot size of250 m². There is no existing national standard for quality.
The demographics in Hull mean that open space needs and requirements differ between communities. Those living in social housing in large estates have different requirements to those living in leafier areas where there are large gardens. Future provision must be weighted to take this into account. Accessibility standards have been carefully considered through the development of various standards and audited and amended as part of the background research. Local standards have been previously agreed based on a process of public consultation, national recommended accessibility standards and have also been assessed against the provision standards of adjacent local authorities. Significant analysis of the accessibility of open space to residents using geographical information system mapping has been undertaken. The results can be found in the Appendices of the Open Space Review 2014. In determining access to open spaces, the 2014 audit considered accessible green space outside of the city’s boundaries. Much of the land is Hull City Council owned, and as such, the council has the ability to ensure these areas are protected. The recommended accessibility standards for open space in Hull are printed in the table below alongside the equivalent standards for East Riding of Yorkshire (ERoY), York and Leeds.
Page 5820 of 262
Table 5.2 Open Space Accessibility Standards Type Hull ERoY York Leeds Allotments 20 minute walk None given 15 minutes walk 20 minute walk (960m) (720m) Amenity 10 minute walk 2km 5 minute walk 10 minute walk green space (480m) (240m) Children’s 10 minute walk 11 minute travel 10 minute walk 15 minute walk play facility (480m) time to three types (480m) of play space Natural and 20 minute walk 4km 15 minute walk 15 minute walk semi-natural (960m) (720m) open space Outdoor 20 minute walk to 20 minute travel 15 minute walk 20 minute walk time sports tennis/bowls/ time (720m) for to tennis,10 minute facilities synthetic pitches. pitches/ tennis/ drive to bowls /grass 15 minute walk to bowls. 20 minute pitches 20 minute grass pitches. 20 public transport drive to athletics minute drive to for synthetic turf tracks/golf courses/ athletics tracks/golf pitches synthetic pitches courses Parks 20 minute walk 10km 20 minute walk 15 minute walk (960m) (960m) Young 15 minute walk n/a 15 minute walk n/a people’s (720m) (720m) facility
The accessibility standards for Hull compare well with other nearby local authorities’ standards with the exception of natural and semi-natural open space; where Hull’s accessibility standards reflect the city’s tight boundaries.
Quantity standards Using updated survey data (Open Spaces Review, 2014), it can be established that the open space standards devised in 2008 are still valid and can be applied as benchmarks for future development at strategic and local scales. Although some changes in the overall provision of open space types due to population growth and some re-classification of open spaces, the overall standards remain valid as locally-established benchmarks of provision. These reflect the character and extent of established local provision and also compare well with national and comparative benchmarks from other local authorities. The recommended quantity standards for open space in Hull are shown in the table below.
Page 5921 of 262
Table 5.3 Open Space Quantity Standards Type Hull Standard Hull Provision ERoY York Leeds (ha/1000 2014 (ha/1000 (ha/1000 (ha/1000 (ha/1000 people) people) people) people) people) Allotments 0.24 0.21 0.30 0.29 0.24 Amenity green 0.67 0.73 0.60 1.45 0.45 space Children’s play 0.03 0.03 2.6m2 equipped 0.48 facilities 2 play facilities facility play per child in per 1000 per 1000 urban areas children children Natural and 0.62 0.90 2 ha + 1 ha of 2.13 2.00 semi-natural statutory open space nature reserve Outdoor sports 1.68 1.60 1.18 1.78 1.85 facilities Parks 0.50 0.54 0.18 0.18 1.00 Young people’s 0.023 0.022 n/a 0.21 facilities n/a facility per 1000 children Civic spaces n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Page 6022 of 262
6. Key Areas – What is Important to Hull
6.1 Consultation and Community Involvement The involvement of communities in improving their local open spaces should not be underestimated. Some of the most successful spaces in the city have been created and cared for by the people who use them most. There are a number of excellent examples in Hull of community-led open spaces. These include Rainbow Garden, Rosebery Community Garden and Pelican Park. Communication and consultation with communities is the best way of understanding where improvements could be made and how to enhance community spaces.
In some areas of the city, anti-social behaviour and vandalism are a problem; this reflects badly on an area and prevents community usage and leads to a loss of pride and community cohesion in an area. Well managed, inviting playgrounds are essential and long-term community involvement engenders a sense of ownership and pride. Where possible, communities should be encouraged and supported to take ownership and management of their open spaces. This is important in developing safer and cleaner spaces across the city encouraging greater community use. In order to achieve the long-term aims and objectives of this strategy, community support and interest will need to be maintained over the years ahead. Community involvement is also important so that Hull’s open spaces are valued by, and serve the needs of the community.
6.2 Sustainability It is anticipated that Hull’s open spaces will be affected by climate change. Open spaces will provide sustainability benefits to the city including pollution reduction, cooling effects and perhaps most importantly, flood alleviation. Open spaces will play a key role in reducing the effects of these events on people and wildlife. Managing the open spaces in a more environmentally sensitive way could include the recycling of materials, change of land use, alternative planting schedules, use of biomass for heating, the use of energy efficient transport and renewable energy production.
Increasing temperatures are likely to result in greater, more intense use of accessible open spaces for longer periods of the year. An extended growing season will require changes in management, such as increased frequency of grass cutting, in turn escalating maintenance costs. It is important to address sustainability practices in the future management of Hull’s open spaces. The need for sustainable design links into the future planning of equipped play facilities. There is a need to review the way in which play equipment is chosen to ensure that it is robust and serviceable and new facilities do not put undue pressure on the maintenance budget.
6.3 Funding Funding pressures through revenue cuts is an issue facing councils nationwide. As a Council we have a duty to ensure that open spaces are safe and well managed. A review of our maintenance operations is essential in order to provide solutions to both the economic and environmental challenges ahead.
Committed funding to deliver increased provision and/or new open space facilities in Hull is scarce and major decisions are required in order to enhance the overall quality of place to bring about the
Page 6123 of 262
transformational change to deliver real benefits to the city’s residents. Decisions are made all the more difficult when projects are within the wider context of helping shape regeneration in certain parts of Hull
Hull presently has no specific capital budget for the renewal of open spaces or replacement of play equipment. Capital works are reliant on ward budgets, Section 106/Community Infrastructure Levy monies, funding applications and community initiative projects. These funding sources rarely come with a long-term maintenance budget and they do not allow for repairs or renewal of well-used or damaged pieces of play equipment. These factors result in a pressure to the most popular sites and a programme of works should ideally be drawn up to reflect the quality of sites as assessed through the maintenance and inspection reports. Sites that are scored as low quality should be further assessed with regards to their accessibility and quantity provision. Those sites that are surplus to requirement should be removed and the focus should be on fewer, higher quality sites. Where there is deemed to be a need for new equipped play provision in an area only amenity green space or low value sites will be considered as other open space typologies are of local value and are less replaceable.
The Community Infrastructure Levy (CIL) is a framework that local authorities can use to secure financial contributions from new development. In summary, CIL is a charge levied at the planning stage on specified new developments according to their internal floor area. The money raised through the scheme supports the development of an area through additional investment in essential infrastructure needed across the city which includes open space amongst others.
6.4 Climate Change Hull’s green and open spaces play a vital role in helping to mitigate and adapt to climate change whilst also providing high quality recreational facilities. Hull is extremely urbanised and therefore is less able to buffer the effects of climate change whether it be an extreme rainfall event where the drainage systems are overwhelmed or increased temperatures brought on by the urban heat island effect. Green spaces have been shown to have multiple benefits that help reduce the effects of climate change. Well-designed green infrastructure can help to mitigate flood risk and also help manage water resources by providing storage and retention areas which can reduce and slow down flows, help slow tidal surges, and reduce water runoff to sewers during peak rainfall events.
Hull is at risk from tidal, ground and surface water flooding; reducing flood risk by capturing and slowing water during and after heavy rainfall can help to prevent localised flooding; in a city where the vast majority of properties lie in a flood plain the challenge of reducing flood risk becomes ever more important. Hull has a history of culverting waterways and a combined sewerage and drainage system exacerbates the situation, Hull’s drainage systems are at capacity resulting in a number of properties being at risk of surface water flooding. Significant surface water flooding in 2007 and a tidal surge in 2013 make flood risk management a high priority for Hull. Retrofitting hydrological schemes in green spaces can incorporate design that provides adequate storage for the site and that also leads to benefits in water quality and biodiversity.
6.5 Access for All
Page 6224 of 262
Access to open spaces can be restricted by a number of factors, the most simple of which is distance and availability of suitable open space within a local area. Other barriers to use include safety fears; an unmanaged space has no sense of place. People fear crime and others and the community loses its identity. Physical changes to, and better management of public space in Hull are key to allowing everyone to make the most of the city’s open spaces.
Physical barriers can prevent those with limited mobility using an open space. The Disability Discrimination Act (DDA) requires service or facility providers to consider the needs of people with disabilities and to make reasonable adjustments to overcome barriers to access. The DDA has a five point scale of accessibility ranging from totally accessible to totally inaccessible. Selected high profile open spaces in Hull should be audited for DDA compliance as part of ongoing improvement to sites. There are some accessible play spaces (e.g. East Park) and some sites that cannot be made accessible at any reasonable cost. A DDA audit will provide recommendations for facilities and an indicative schedule for improvements.
6.6 Marketing and Promotions Improving the information that is provided to residents and visitors about our parks and open spaces both offsite and on-site is crucial to promoting the use of Hull’s open spaces. Off-site marketing and promotion could include the council website, leaflets and articles in tourist magazines or ward newsletters to allow people to make informed choices in relation to visiting specific sites. Onsite information signs or interpretation or online leaflets would contribute to enabling better access and experience and help people to navigate their way around sites, this is particularly important for our larger parks and nature reserves. This is also particularly significant for people with a disability or mobility issues who need to access information before and during their visit, however, such schemes need to be realistic, affordable and deliverable.
6.7 Events and Festivals Open spaces are integral to the hosting of events, festivals and activities held in the city from large festivals and music concerts, through to play days, guided walks and community events. Over 100 events take place each year and Hull is increasingly being recognised as a vibrant and cultural city. It is hoped that this will attract event organisers and promoters for large events which will attract audiences from across the wider region. The Freedom Festival harnessing local creative talent and Hull Fair bring in visitors from across the Yorkshire and Lincolnshire regions and our open spaces provide a key setting for these events. With growth in tourism planned for the city, the enhancement of open spaces needs to be designed with events in mind allowing for adequate infrastructure in those sites which will attract larger, more popular events. Small-scale community events are seen as being important for increasing local use of spaces and promoting ownership of the smaller sites.
6.8 Biodiversity and Trees The Government’s White Paper, The Natural Choice: Securing the Value of Nature (2011), stresses the social, economic and environmental benefits of the natural environment. The paper highlights the important role open spaces play in urban areas by providing habitats and forming green links to wider ecological networks. Hull has its own unique wildlife system with a diversity of sites, species and habitats of interest that need protection. Hull is bound to the south by the Humber Estuary
Page 6325 of 262
International Site which is designated as a Ramsar site, Special Protection Area (SPA), Special Area of Conservation (SAC) and Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI); Hull has two Local Nature Reserves, numerous Sites of Importance for Nature Conservation and several locally important wildlife corridors.
It is important to acknowledge the importance of the wider countryside in relation to Hull’s ecology network and the importance of high quality ecological corridors that link with the wider region and linking in with landscape scale schemes in the neighbouring East Riding of Yorkshire. Many of Hull’s higher quality sites are on the outskirts of the city where there is more space and less disturbance. Incorporating biodiversity considerations into the open spaces action plans and developing individual site management plans, will also present an opportunity for Hull to demonstrate its commitment to meeting the biodiversity duty required within the NERC Act.
Hull’s fragile ecological network is more important than its green areas from a planning and biodiversity perspective as it is less re-creatable. Hull’s urban landscape presents a significant physical barrier for wildlife, restricting its distribution. The development of a strong Local Wildlife Site (LWS) system will protect the best of Hull’s habitats and species and will allow areas of weakness to be identified within the ecological network. This will help direct actions that will strengthen links between keys sites. By improving Hull’s network of green corridors through habitat restoration and creation the natural environment will be more cohesive and can better resist change.
Trees in Hull are important for the city in terms of both visual amenity and biodiversity. There are over 100 different species of tree within the city that help provide shade and protection from the elements, remove pollutants from the air, reduce noise, and provide habitat and food for wildlife. Many areas across the city are short of these benefits including: Carbon storage Cooling effects of trees and green space Flood alleviation Improvements in air quality To improve our environment we need to conserve and plant more trees where space allows especially where there is a deficit. Urban tree and woodland are a key component of green infrastructure and an important part of a green network.
6.9 Health and Wellbeing Although in today’s world we can expect to be much healthier and live a lot longer, in Hull, there are some health inequalities closely linked to poverty, housing, education, employment and social isolation. The health benefits of high quality open space provision, such as providing opportunities for an active lifestyle and relaxation, are well documented (Department for the Environment, 2004). Recent reports highlight other benefits of open spaces such as a positive effect on mental wellbeing and their ability to contribute to social cohesion. Effectively designed open space is vital to improving residents’ quality of life, especially in urban areas and areas of deprivation. There is already an active move to integrate informal opportunities for exercise in a number of open spaces in the form of outside gyms and trim trails and increasing opportunities for natural play for children and young people. Improving access to and the quality of open spaces and green corridors and
Page 6426 of 262
improving connectivity between them will make them more attractive and available to pedestrians and cyclists. Access to high quality, well-maintained open spaces can help to improve both physical and mental wellbeing by encouraging people to walk, to play sport, or simply to enjoy their natural environment. Hull’s Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2014-2020 identifies a number of challenges that need to be overcome including childhood obesity and major discrepancies in life expectancies across Hull wards. Encouraging the use of parks and open spaces can help engender a culture where physical activity is undertaken for free. Hull’s open spaces are pivotal in creating an environment that promotes physical activity and active transport in everyday settings for everyone.
6.10 Education In Hull, parks are a significant but untapped resource for schools and life-long learning. Whilst a limited amount of engagement in open spaces with schools happens in the form of Playstyle and visits to parks it is largely on an informal and ad hoc basis. An action plan needs to be developed to improve facilities and establish a programme of activities with schools which meets the needs of the curriculum in addition to creating positive use of open spaces.
Page 6527 of 262
7. Findings & Recommendations
The 2014 Open Spaces update assessed local provision by ward and area in terms of the supply in relation to the demand and projected change in different population growth scenarios. More detailed ward-based analysis helps identify any gaps in the wider locality and open space requirements where significant development is planned. Understanding open space provision, accessibility and quality across the city is central to ensuring that opportunities for additional provision are used most effectively in relation to the demand. Overall there is a deficit in the quality and quantity of open space in Hull and this is exacerbated by the fact that many of the current facilities are aging or heavily used and require significant maintenance and upkeep.
7.1 Allotments The primary purpose of allotments is to provide opportunities for residents to grow their own produce. This links in well to strategies on health, social inclusion and sustainability in the city. This type of open space may also include urban farms and areas for community food growing. This typology also includes community gardens and city farms which offer opportunities for people to actively work the land. Allotment provision at schools has not been assessed as part of the Open Space Strategy but it is seen as playing an important role in early and further education.
Neighbourhood Accessibility/Quality/ Provision Gaps Current Position Area East Wansbeck Road Allotments is the only Demand for sites is low site. North Carr Low provision of sites in this area Demand for sites is low Northern Residents in the Orchard Park and Provide a new allotment within the Orchard Greenwood ward and residents in the and Greenwood ward should the demand north of Beverley ward have poor access exist to allotments Park Sites well distributed and occupied No current demand Riverside Low provision High demand West Sites well distributed and well occupied Demand for additional sites is low Wyke Good access and high provision and high High demand. Continue to maintain the high quality sites; large waiting list quality of sites.
Objectives for Allotments
A1 Ensure that the emphasis is made for high quality provision and continue to invest in site quality and security as funding allows. A2 Continue to assess demand based on waiting lists; undertaking site inspections to raise the quality of the sites and reduce waiting lists. A3 Improve the management of vacant plots and waiting lists to ensure that vacant plots are utilised to meet the waiting list demand where possible.
Page 6628 of 262
7.2 Amenity Green Space Amenity green space in Hull occurs in many different forms but this typology is most regularly associated with residential housing where it provides visual amenity and a place for informal recreation. In areas where parks and play facilities are in short supply; amenity green space is important in that it provides a space for children to play. Amenity space provision should be considered closely with other open space typologies. Consultation as part of the open spaces assessment in 2008 showed that higher value is placed on amenity green spaces in deprived areas which benefit from the social interaction and cohesion that their community green space offers. Amenity green spaces often lack landscaping, character or interest and as a result are perceived to be of poor quality.
Neighbourhood Accessibility/Quality/ Provision Gaps Current Position Area East Provision high. Quality of sites highly Priority should be given to the enhancement variable. of existing amenity space in order to improve their functionality North Carr Sufficient provision to meet current and Focus on enhancing the quality of amenity future demand green space and possibly increasing functionality of existing spaces. Northern High accessibility in northern half of the Opportunities should be sought to enhance area. the quality of provision. Park Residents in the Southcoates East / Increase provision in Marfleet and Holderness wards those in eastern areas Southcoates East wards. Enhance and of the Marfleet ward do not reach maintain quality of sites accessibility standards. Riverside There are a number of smaller sites in this Focus on enhancing the quality of amenity are meaning that whilst they are easily green space and possibly increasing accessible to residents overall provision functionality of existing spaces. per resident is poor. There is significant variation in the quality of sites West Slight deficit Focus on enhancing the quality of amenity green space and possibly increasing functionality of existing spaces. Wyke The largest shortfall in the city is in this Prioritise new provision. Seek to improve the area; however, the creation of new quality of existing amenity spaces. Improving amenity green space is restricted by the functionality of existing green spaces. developed nature of the area. Consultation shows demand is low in this area as residents in this ward have generally have access to larger than average sized gardens.
Page 6729 of 262
Objectives for Amenity Green Space
AGS1 Increase the quality of amenity green space from low to high; priority should be given to areas where amenity spaces provide the only informal recreational opportunity. AGS2 Upgrade some of the larger areas of amenity green space to raise their standard or expand the typology to satisfy gaps in provision. AGS3 Create more functional amenity green spaces through, for example, provision of formal seating and/or play areas, to offer greater community value AGS4 Improve grounds maintenance focussing on the basics of grass cutting, litter and fly tipping and dog fouling to ensure that the green space is usable. AGS5 Tackle anti-social behaviour in informal green space focussing on prevention and greater responsiveness to incidents, access and visibility. AGS6 Look at opportunities for involving communities in the management of their local amenity green space AGS7 Where there is a lot of green space, some low value green space will be considered for alternative purposes, such as changing its use to another type or for built development in order to generate funds for reinvestment. AGS8 Redesign those amenity sites that lack community focus and improve personal safety
Page 6830 of 262
7.3 Cemeteries and Churchyards Cemeteries and churchyards cover those that are directly connected with a church such as St John’s in Newland and those outside of a place of worship such as the General Cemetery. Included in the Hull assessment are private burial grounds, local authority burial grounds and disused churchyards. Cemeteries, although primarily concerned with the burial of the dead and quiet contemplation; frequently have high biodiversity value. Disused churchyards form an integral part of the open space in the Wyke Committee area of the city. The majority of churchyards in Hull are open to the public by and offer spaces for quiet contemplation and wildlife. Most churchyards will not be considered in the Area Action plans because of their active use and private ownership. Only those church yards and cemeteries with an amenity value will be considered as part of the Action Plan.
Neighbourhood Provision Current Position Area East St James Churchyard Private (P) n/a North Carr None Northern Northern Cemetery Active(A), St John's Church (P) Maintain to current standard Park Hedon Road Cemetery, Jewish Burial Ground (P), Maintain Hedon Road Cemetery to Eastern Cemetery (A) St. Giles Burial Ground (P) current standard. Provide habitat management plan for disused cemeteries. Riverside Trinity Burial Ground, Castle Street West None Wyke Northern Cemetery and Crematorium (A), General Maintain to current standard. Cemetery, Western Cemetery (A), Hull Hebrew Provide habitat management plan Congregation Cemetery (P), Cemeteries north and for disused cemeteries. south of Sculcoates Lane (P), Cemetery junction of Air Street and Bankside (P) Citywide Existing cemeteries are close to capacity. There are New provision is provided by Priory no graves left in the Northern Cemetery and there Cemetery, completed in 2008 to the is only capacity to accommodate burials over the west of the city next 10 to 15 years in Eastern Cemetery.
Page 6931 of 262
Objectives for Cemeteries
C1 Continue to maintain current maintenance standards in cemeteries and churchyards. C2 Promote the nature conservation value of closed cemeteries and churchyards and investigate the implementation of ecological management. C3 Tackle the problem of dog fouling. C4 Encourage community involvement in the management and maintenance of disused cemeteries and churchyards. C5 Encourage use of cemeteries for informal recreation such as walking and enhance areas with wildlife value where possible. C6 Encourage greater use of cemeteries as an educational resource, both in terms of heritage value and environmental value.
Page 7032 of 262
7.4 Civic space The majority of the city centre civic spaces have a city-wide and tourist audience as they are visited as part of a wider visit to the centre or by workers in the central area. The key sites are Queens Gardens , Kingston Square, Queen Victoria Square, the Museum Gardens, Paragon Square and Trinity Square along with landscaped areas around the marina such as Humber Quays and Minerva Terrace. These spaces have an important recreational function for city workers and residents and are important tourism resources that enhance the character of Hull’s city centre. It is important that these sites are well maintained as high quality sites positively reflect on the city and contribute to the local economy. By looking attractive and well maintained they invite people to live, work and revisit the area. Many of Hull’s civic spaces have a strong cultural association such as the former docks and Holy Trinity frontage adding to the all-round experience. Hull’s civic spaces are a key way of raising the city’s profile on a national scale.
Neighbourhood Provision Targets Area City Centre Good Maintain current provision to a very high standard; look for opportunities to create more civic spaces within new developments
Objectives for Civic Spaces
CS1 Protect and enhance existing provision maintaining them to a very high standard in line with Hull’s aspiration to be a major city and tourist destination CS2 Seek additional high quality provision through new city centre development. CS3 Increase seating provision throughout the city centre civic spaces. CS4 Make greater use of civic spaces for events. CS5 Explore opportunities for public art to enhance civic spaces. CS6 Minimise water use by designing drought resistant planting schemes.
Page 7133 of 262
7.5 Green Corridors Hull has a number of strategically important green links that provide an important relationship between the City and the East Riding of Yorkshire. These links are multi-functional providing important traffic free cycling and walking routes, as well as acting as corridors for wildlife. Many of these links offer blue and green connectivity across the wider landscape. The most important of which is the River Humber International Site; conserving and enhancing the Estuary’s habitats and species is a key principle within the local plan. On a landscape scale, several key corridors run through the city; perhaps the most important local linkage, through the heart of Hull, is the River Hull corridor that links the wider countryside to the Humber Estuary. Other important local links include: Hull to Hornsea dismantled railway line Hull’s “Green Arc” to the north of the city Holderness Drain Beverley and Barmston Drain.
These provide green and blue links through the city and are important for nature. These used and disused railway lines offer pedestrians and cyclists safe routes away from traffic. People use these routes for both long and short journeys and for regular commuting to work. Other routes can be found across the city. It is important to support joint projects with the East Riding of Yorkshire to enhance these routes, ensuring improvements in quality to encourage an increase in cycling and walking within and through the city. Hull’s green network is fragmented and lacks resistance to development that would further reduce cohesion of sites. Development allocations need to be carefully considered to take this into account. The development and protection of green infrastructure will help promote biodiversity and quality of life for local residents. On a landscape scale it is important to view developments regionally with regards to how these may contribute not only to on-site provision of open space/ green infrastructure but also to the wider network.
Blue corridors run through the heart of the city and they form Hull’s southern boundary. Opportunities exist to implement biodiversity improvements into public realm schemes or Sustainable Drainage schemes (SuDS) to create attractive spaces for local people and visitors. Schemes that involve setting back defences would allow community connectivity along the River Hull and provide better use of space for people and nature. The benefits of large scale flood alleviation schemes in Hull would have far reaching economic benefits and would link in well with the city’s climate change vision.
Making Space for Nature highlights the importance of restoring ecological networks, working on a landscape scale in order to improve ecological connectivity and reverse this decline. The Natural Environment White Paper emphasises the role that the planning system can play in doing this. Functional connectivity is important to enable species movement through the city. A well planned coherent ecological network would help reduce fragmentation of the landscape and facilitate migration of species through the city. The Making Space for Nature report establishes designated sites as being at the heart of ecological networks and they play a vital role in species range expansions in response to climate change.
Page 7234 of 262
Objectives for Green Corridors
GC1 Work to preserve important green linkages in line with planning policy and develop opportunities to work with key stakeholders such as Yorkshire Wildlife Trust to strengthen and protect these linkages GC2 Improve the quality of green corridors, riverside routes and cycle/walkways through the city for recreation, biodiversity and commuting. GC3 Investigate methods to reduce motorbike access to green space whilst seeking to enable the fullest access for legitimate users. GC4 Establish links with the highways department to improve access, entrances and pathways to and within sites for different users providing easier access for all.
7.6 Natural and Semi-natural Green Spaces
Natural and semi-natural spaces are a valuable asset in Hull; however, maintenance standards are variable as these sites are the first to be removed from cutting schedules. Due to the low quantities of semi-natural green space in Hull the priority should be to ensure that sites are maintained to a high quality to ensure the most is achieved from the site for both people and nature. Inclusion of Council owned natural and semi-natural green space outside of the city boundaries and green corridors in the 2014 assessment helped Hull reverse deficiencies identified in the 2008 assessment.
Neighbourhood Accessibility/Quality/ Provision Gaps Targets Area East Sufficient provision Existing site quality needs to be raised. North Carr Excellent provision Protect and enhance quality of existing sites Northern Sufficient provision as there is plentiful Accessibility and quality of HCC owned sites NSN provision outside of the city on the boundaries to be prioritised along with boundaries links along the water bodies. Park Low provision is offset by some NSN Protect and enhance quality of existing sites provision in East Park. Riverside Very low provision of accessible NSN. West Park Railway triangle to be prioritised for enhancement. West Deficiency of NSN Some of the city’s highest quality sites are within this area and these sites should be protected from development. Wyke Low provision of NSN but sites good Protect and enhance current provision. Work quality to provide access to private sites
Page 7335 of 262
Objectives for Natural and Semi-Natural Green Space
NSN1 Ensure LNR sites have management plans to guide strategic management. NSN2 Improve safety perceptions and facilitate greater community/education activities/interpretation opportunities. NSN3 Continue to work towards meeting the Natural England targets for LNR provision. Work with East Riding on designation of HCC owned sites within the East Riding of Yorkshire Council boundary. Encourage and continue to support the formation of LNR ‘friends of’ groups. NSN4 Work to raise awareness of accessible LNR provision through increased information provision on the HCC website and possible production and distribution of promotional leaflets. Engage with local schools. NSN5 Safeguard and enhance rich and diverse habitats and species within parks and green spaces through a new Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) for Hull. NSN6 Achieve favourable conservation status on all publicly accessible Sites of Nature Conservation Interest (SNCI)/Local Wildlife Sites controlled by Hull City Council by 2030. NSN7 Create new habitats for wildlife to remedy shortfalls in natural green space. NSN8 Build partnerships with external agencies and voluntary sector organisations involved in the management of key sites. NSN9 Continue to encourage community involvement in the improvement and management of natural/semi natural greenspaces, particularly to develop disused open spaces. NSN10 Improve maintenance and management regimes ensuring optimum conditions for wildlife alongside attractive, welcoming and accessible places for the enjoyment by people NSN11 Complete the tree strategy for Hull NSN12 To develop programmes of environmental education with external and internal partners within Hull.
Page 7436 of 262
7.7 Outdoor Sports Facilities The Playing Pitch Strategy deals with the provision (accessibility and quantity) of sports facilities across the city. The Open Spaces Strategy sets priorities with regards to quality as the principle aim is to improve the quality of pitches and associated facilities. It also considers the need to upgrade tennis courts and find alternative methods of managing them to maintain their quality and accessibility on a day to day basis. Membership of bowling clubs is declining across the city and provision needs to be reviewed to determine whether all the city’s bowling facilities are needed. Open spaces have an important role in providing opportunities for informal sports such as jogging, rounders and Nordic walking and less formally organised games of cricket and football. It is possible to provide simple ways to promote sports activities such as measured 5km routes, goal posts, trim trails and multi-gyms. Open spaces provide an accessible and free route to active participation in formal and informal sporting and recreational activities; in promoting the use of our open spaces we can help develop healthier communities. The Open Space Strategy will aim to run concurrently with city sports and health strategies whilst encouraging informal use of open spaces for activities such as sports. The provision of high quality, affordable facilities will help promote local sporting opportunities. Fewer, larger high quality grounds are preferable to more, smaller ones, since the former are more likely to sustain additional facilities such as changing rooms; such decisions need to be supported by a leisure facilities audit in order to inform the long-term strategy for their improvement.
Neighbourhood Provision Current Position Area East Sufficient Provision Focus on quality North Carr Sufficient Provision Focus on quality Northern Sufficient Provision Focus on quality Park Slight deficiency Focus on quality Riverside Large deficiency Focus on quality Wyke Slight deficiency Focus on quality Citywide the distribution of facilities across the Enhance all current provision ensuring sites city is comprehensive are accessible for all
Objectives for Outdoor Sports Facilities
OSF1 The quality of playing pitches will be enhanced by improving toilet and changing facilities, pavilions and pitch quality. OSF2 A small number of locations will provide tennis courts managed by either a club or someone to take bookings. OSF3 Support clubs and individuals by providing the right facilities and encourage participation in outdoor sport. OSF4 Review and rationalise bowling provision. OSF5 Enhance the wider park environment for informal sport. OSF6 Increase the provision of trim trail and multi-gyms in the city. OSF7 Ensure sites are accessible for all. OSF8 Aim to provide multi-functional sites in order to make the most of the facilities provided.
Page 7537 of 262
7.8 Parks Parks provide a community hub and are seen as important on a city and regional scale, often attracting visitors from outside of the neighbourhood area and city boundaries. The city has 30 parks of varying size covering approximately 140 ha within the city boundary. Priority should be given to parks falling below the quality threshold to increase them to high quality and maintaining the largest sites to an excellent standard. All low value sites should be assessed and the aspiration is to improve quality as a priority rather than try to meet catchment gaps. Generally, due to lack of alternative options within Hull, catchment gaps will have to be met by long term investment in other typologies fulfilling the same recreational function for example, amenity green space.
Neighbourhood Accessibility/Quality/ Current Provision Area Provision Gaps East Good provision Focus on maintaining quality North Carr Slight deficiency Improvement to amenity green space. Continue enhancements to Parks Northern Poor provision especially Amenity green space sites will go some way towards around boundaries fulfilling gap with increased formal provision. Recent investment at King George V Playing Field has improved provision Park Good provision Focus on maintaining quality of priority sites. Riverside Good provision Focus on maintaining quality West Generally good provision Continue to invest in the larger sites to provide high some deficiencies to north of quality facilities at Pickering and at Springhead Parks. committee area. Wyke Generally good provision Prioritise enhancements to key sites in wards. some deficiencies to west of committee area.
Page 7638 of 262
Objectives for Parks
P1 Ensure that there is a good quality traditional park offering a range of facilities within easy reach of all homes. P2 Improve safety perception associated with the City’s parks. Identify ways of decreasing anti-social behaviour and vandalism, e.g., through increased security presence, improved lighting etc. P3 Improve signage and entrances to sites. Install interpretation where appropriate. P4 Encourage and support community involvement in the management of the City’s parks. P5 At larger sites (East Park, Pearson Park) provide ‘traditional’ park features within sites e.g. formal footpaths, entrances, seating and bin provision, with additional features such as attractive landscaping, garden areas, play areas, attractions and other features of interest. P6 Maintain and enhance the four major Victorian parks which attract citywide and regional users. P7 Provide highly visual perennial planting schemes in key formal green spaces. P8 Development and renew management plans for the major parks to help focus development and enhance site quality and increase public use. P9 Restore, enhance and safeguard key historic features whilst responding to modern day needs. P10 Maintain a staff presence in parks across the city P11 Provide good quality accessible toilets at main traditional parks P12 Increase use and enjoyment of spaces through a range of activities by working with partners to provide health and exercise related opportunities, events, and festivals. Improve information provision. P13 Support participation and involvement in parks through consultation, participation in active management of spaces, volunteering, education and outreach activities. P14 To work with partners to investigate ways in which open spaces can be used to improve the health and well-being of Hull’s residents. P15 Access policy to be developed for major open spaces
Page 7739 of 262
7.9 Provision for Children Equipped play provision is acknowledged as playing an important part in child development allowing children to integrate and learn social and movement skills in their local environment. Children’s play facilities are designed specifically for those aged under twelve.
Neighbourhood Accessibility/Quality/ Provision Targets Area Gaps East Slight deficiency in provision Enhance current provision; investigate opportunities to create new sites. North Carr Sufficient provision Maintain and enhance quality of current provision. Northern Sufficient provision Maintain and enhance quality of current provision. Park Slight deficiency in provision Enhance current provision; investigate opportunities to create new sites. Riverside Sufficient provision Maintain and enhance quality of current provision. West Deficiency in provision Enhance the quality of current provision; upgrade amenity areas where possible. Wyke Deficiency in provision Enhance current provision; investigate opportunities to create new sites.
7.11 Provision for Young People These facilities cover equipped provision specifically designed for young people (over the age of 12) and includes Multi Use Games Areas (MUGAs), skate parks, basketball courts, youth shelters, informal kick-about areas and BMX tracks.
Neighbourhood Accessibility/Quality/ Provision Targets Area Gaps East Sufficient provision Maintain and enhance current provision North Carr Slight deficiency in provision Look for opportunities to enhance current provision and to develop new sites as appropriate Northern Large deficiency Maintain and enhance current provision Park Excellent provision Maintain and enhance current provision Riverside Slight deficiency in provision Look for opportunities to enhance current provision and to develop new sites as appropriate West Sufficient provision Wyke Slight deficiency in provision Look for opportunities to enhance current provision and to develop new sites as appropriate
Page 7840 of 262
Children’s and Young People’s Provision Objectives
CYP1 Replace traditional and well-worn playgrounds with a range of hard-wearing exciting and interactive equipment. CYP2 Prioritise those areas for improvement where provision is low. CYP3 Ensure consultation is undertaken in areas where improvements or developments are planned. CYP4 Facilities to be dog free, safe, clean and well-maintained CYP5 Facilities should cater for a range of ages and abilities CYP6 Increase opportunities for young people within existing spaces. CYP7 Develop natural play spaces which are actively designed using both the natural landscape and the introduction of natural play materials. CYP8 Promote children’s play space as smoke-free CYP9 Provide diverse, exciting and challenging spaces for young people, including equipment, skate parks and shelters. CYP10 Maintain and enhance at least one high quality major play space within each Committee Area.
Page 7941 of 262
7.12 Open Spaces (General) There are a range of open space objectives that span different typologies; these have been raised from customer questionnaires and feedback
Open Space Objectives
OSS1 Improve access to open space for a wider range of people by creating dog free spaces across the city whilst ensuring that dog walkers retain a varied choice of open space to visit. OSS2 Tackle problems of dogs fouling and uncontrolled dogs through education and enforcement. OSS3 Utilise our open spaces to help adapt to, and mitigate, the effects of climate change; including planting trees for shade, developing drought resistant plantings and use of sites for water storage. OSS4 Adopt sustainability targets in the management of Hull’s Open Spaces e.g. developing biomass heating and recycling education. OSS5 Protect open spaces from development. OSS6 Reduce the amount of pesticide and herbicide used. OSS7 Investigate the implementation of carbon reduction techniques across the parks and open spaces. OSS8 To adopt and promote practices that recognise the key role that Hull’s open spaces can play in the city’s adaptation to climate change OSS9 Ensure there is a coordinated approach to the development of open spaces on the Hull boundary with the East Riding of Yorkshire. OSS10 Design all new open spaces to high standards in line with green flag principle ensuring they are well integrated with the surrounding area OSS11 Develop a strategy for assessing the most appropriate lines of communication and information materials for open space marketing and promotion. OSS12 Review maintenance standards for open spaces and report on performance annually
Page 8042 of 262
8. Implementation and Delivery
Delivering the vision and objectives for Hull’s open spaces is a long term project. It is not feasible for all of the outcomes to be achieved within short timescales. The collective improvement of our open spaces for climate change or environmental improvement for example, will require a regional approach and much longer timescales. The Open Space Strategy and supporting documents will support the Local Plan natural environment and open space policies. It will also help to direct investment in new and existing open spaces by identifying priorities for investment and improvement.
Delivering the strategy will take a combined and committed effort by Hull City Council and a number of partners including the Primary Care Trust, the Wildlife Trust, community groups and other open space stakeholders. Partner organisations will be important to the process as they can help to access funding, promote the use of open space, develop and harness the dedication of volunteers and contribute to the management of open spaces within the city. There are many organisations that already contribute greatly to open space development and protection in Hull. The development and delivery of the Open Space Strategy for Hull is therefore an opportunity to encourage and help direct the activities of our partner organisations in a coordinated way.
The open space accessibility and quantity standards for Hull adopted in this strategy will be applied to new development through the planning system. This ensures that developers are aware of the open space provision required for new development. The Open Space Strategy and supporting evidence base will help to establish the provision for new development and whether it should be in the form of new open space, enhancement to existing open space, or both. The strategy will also be used to provide advice on open space related matters for planning applications. The strategy can also feed into neighbourhood plans, with regards to indicating where improvements should be made and where new provision is required.
The actions necessary to deliver the vision, aims and objectives adopted in the strategy will be set out in the area based action plans. These will be developed in consultation with local people and ward councillors, making specific proposals to improve the quality of facilities and provide the open spaces people need in their local area. These plans are the crucial delivery mechanism for the strategy. For each objective, information is given on the implementation approach, targets, timescale for delivery and possible delivery partners. The timescale shows the date by which each action should be completed. Where relevant, links to the Local Plan and to other corporate documents are shown. The action plans address quality issues identified in the audit and contribute to the delivery of excellent open spaces. The priority is to raise that quality standard of open spaces that achieved poorly in the quality audit. The action plans will also address priorities that have been highlighted by the customer consultation particularly improving the maintenance, cleanliness and safety of open spaces in the city.
Grounds Maintenance
It is recognised that grounds maintenance is a critical issue in the public’s perception of quality of open spaces. Effective and efficient grounds maintenance is fundamental in the delivery of several of
Page 8143 of 262
the objectives of this strategy. Routine maintenance standards and investment in high quality infrastructure that does not require maintenance is not prioritised. The council’s approach to grounds maintenance is being regularly reviewed with the aim of streamlining maintenance regimes. Continued efficiency savings across the services means that community management of some individual spaces will have to be considered.
The Area Action Plans will be reviewed and updated every three years until the end of the strategy period. This will provide scope to respond to any changes such as political or organisational change and new funding opportunities as they arise, whilst protecting the overall vision for open spaces in Hull. Monitoring will be undertaken as part of the updating review of the action plans. This will then feed back into future plans.
It is acknowledged that delivery, management and investment in green infrastructure, open space and sport and recreation will be a complex and challenging matter for Hull. The strategy and the development of the action plans will help provide a focused and sustainable approach to the delivery of high quality open spaces, now and in the future.
Page 8244 of 262
9. References
Bratman G.N., Daily G.C., Levy B.J. and Gross J.J. (2015). The benefits of nature experience: Improved affect and cognition. Landscape and Urban Planning 138, 41–50.
Commission for Architecture and the Built Environment (CABE) (2004). Green space Strategies - a good practice guide. CABE, UK
CABE (2006). Paying for parks. Eight models for funding urban green spaces. CABE, UK.
CABE and the Greater London Authority (2009). Open space strategies - Best practice guidance. CABE, UK.
Department for Communities and Local Government (2002). Assessing Needs and Opportunities: A Companion Guide to PPG17. The Stationery Office, Norwich, UK.
Department for the Environment (2004). Planning Policy Statement 8 (PPS 8) Open Space, Sport and Outdoor Recreation.
Department for Transport, Local Government and the Regions (2002) Green Spaces Better Places - Final Report of the Urban Green Spaces Task Force.
Department of Health White Paper. Healthy lives, healthy people: our strategy for public health in England’.
Department of Transport, Leisure and the Regions (DTLR). (2003) Green Spaces Taskforce ‘Green Spaces, Better Places’.
Derkzen M.L., van Teeffelen. A.J.A. and Verburg, P.H. (2013). Quantifying urban ecosystem services based on high-resolution data of urban green space: an assessment for Rotterdam, the Netherlands. Journal of Applied Ecology.
Heritage Lottery Fund (2014) State of UK Public Parks 2014 - Research Report
Hull City Council (2009). Hull City Council Corporate Plan 2009-2012
Hull City Council and Hull Clinical Commissioning Group (2014). Hull- Healthier Together: Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2014 - 2020
Hull City Council (2014). Hull Local Plan to 2030 Issues and Options Consultation Document May / June 2014
Hull City Council (2014). Parks and Open Space Strategy for Kingston upon Hull Draft Version 1.0
Hull City Council Leadership Board (2013) Hull CityPlan
Newcastle City Council (2004). Green spaces...your spaces - Newcastle’s Green Space Strategy
Page 8345 of 262
Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM) (2002). Planning Policy Guidance 17: Planning for Open Space, Sport and Recreation.
Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM) National Audit Office (2006) Enhancing Urban Green Space. Stationery Office, London.
ODPM (2005) How to create Quality Parks and Open Spaces. ODPM (2003) Living Places: Cleaner, Safer, Greener.
ODPM (2005).Planning Policy Statement 9: Biodiversity and Geological Conservation
Play England (2008) Design for Play: a Guide to Creating Successful Play Spaces.
Sheffield City Council (2010) Sheffield’s Green and Open Space Strategy 2010 – 2030 - Sheffield’s Great Outdoors.
Town and Country Planning Association and The Wildlife Trusts (2012) Planning for a healthy environment – good practice guidance for green infrastructure and biodiversity. RAPSpider, Oldham, UK
United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child
Urban Parks Forum (2001). Public Park Assessment A survey of local authority owned parks focusing on parks of historic interest
Urban Green Spaces Task Force (2002) Green Spaces, Better Places.
Wallis E. (2015). Places to Be: Green spaces for active citizenship. Fabian Society. London
Page 8446 of 262
10. Appendices
Appendix 10.1 Glossary of Terms
Ecological network - Inter-connecting open spaces which are of importance to, or have potential for, wildlife.
Green Flag Award - A quality award for green spaces for spaces that are well-maintained, welcoming and part of the community.
Green Infrastructure All green spaces together that includes parks, amenity green space, natural and semi-natural urban green spaces - woodland and scrub, grassland (e.g. meadow) flowing water, wastelands and disturbed ground, green corridors, allotments, community gardens, city farms, cemeteries and churchyards.
Green network - all forms of inter-connecting green recreational open spaces.
Local Nature Reserve - An area of land protected for wildlife and used by the community, declared by the Council and English Nature.
Local Wildlife Sites – A protected site, valuable for wildlife on a local scale, decided by a robust set of selection criteria
Management plans - A detailed description of how a site will be maintained managed and improved over a specific time frame.
Natural and semi-natural green spaces (NSN)-Spaces that have either not been managed at all, or have natural features such as water courses, meadows or ponds. They are managed in a way that allows nature to develop.
Site of Nature Conservation Importance (SNCI) - A protected site, valuable for wildlife on a local scale, decided by the Council
Site of Special Scientific Interest, (SSSI) - A protected site, valuable for wildlife or geological features on a national scale, decided by Natural England.
Sustainable - Meeting our needs whilst still taking future generations needs into account.
Page 8547 of 262
Appendix 10.2: Wider Functions of Hull’s Open Space
Open space Open space such as parks and green spaces Biodiversity Wildlife and habitats Landscape Landscape features Products of the land Agriculture Mitigating flood risk Floodplain and areas at risk from flooding, or areas where green infrastructure could be used to reduce run off in flood risk areas Contribution to mitigating climate change Areas which are, or could be, managed for non- flooding climate change mitigation through carbon sequestration. Woodland creation where possible Health Green space can be used to increase outdoor activity or address pollution issues by acting as a carbon sink Accessibility Public rights of way allowing access by foot, cycle or horse riding along the corridor. Commuting and green corridors Recreation Formal and informal outdoor recreational assets such as golf courses, play areas and sports pitches Education Noddle Hill LNR and other sites used for environmental education Cultural Gardens, civic spaces, cemeteries, historic features or buildings in areas with public access Tourism Visitor assets which would form part of at least a day trip for people from outside the immediate area e.g. East Park Poor quality environment Poor quality environments which could be improved with investment in open space Land and property values Investment in green infrastructure can positively affect local land and property values Economic growth Where development is proposed and increased green infrastructure is likely to attract further economic investment (e.g. higher value industry).
Page 8648 of 262
Appendix 10.3: Relevant Sections of the National Planning Policy Framework Paragraph 73 of the NPPF states that “73. Access to high quality open spaces and opportunities for sport and recreation can make an important contribution to the health and well-being of communities. Planning policies should be based on robust and up‑to‑date assessments of the needs for open space, sports and recreation facilities and opportunities for new provision. The assessments should identify specific needs and quantitative or qualitative deficits or surpluses of open space, sports and recreational facilities in the local area. Information gained from the assessments should be used to determine what open space, sports and recreational provision are required.”
Paragraph 74 of the NPPF states that “74. Existing open space, sports and recreational buildings and land, including playing fields, should not be built on unless: an assessment has been undertaken which has clearly shown the open space, buildings or land to be surplus to requirements; or the loss resulting from the proposed development would be replaced by equivalent or better provision in terms of quantity and quality in a suitable location; or the development is for alternative sports and recreational provision, the needs for which clearly outweigh the loss.”
Playing fields are also protected by regulations set out in the ‘Town and Country Planning (playing fields) (England) Direction 1998 which prevents the loss of playing pitches through the planning process.
Other areas of the NPPF that are relevant to this document include those covering public rights of way. Paragraph 75 states “Planning policies should protect and enhance public rights of way and access. Local authorities should seek opportunities to provide better facilities for users, for example by adding links to existing rights of way networks including National Trails.” This is of particular note with regards to several of the city’s main green corridors.
The NPPF also provides opportunities for local communities to designate important open spaces within their neighbourhood as Local Green Spaces through the development of local and neighbourhood plans. This allows the open space additional protection and rules out new development unless there are exceptional circumstances. Paragraph77 of the NPPF states that the designation should be used only “where the green space is in reasonably close proximity to the community it serves; where the green area is demonstrably special to a local community and holds a particular local significance, for example because of its beauty, historic significance, recreational value (including as a playing field), tranquillity or richness of its wildlife; and where the green area concerned is local in character and is not an extensive tract of land.”
Page 8749 of 262
Appendix 10.4: Quality Assessment Protocol A Benchmarking Approach to Quality Assessments of Hull’s Open Spaces against Green Flag
This is based on a benchmarking approach that uses the best national standards available and then adjusts them to suit the range of typologies of open space present within Hull. Open spaces within Hull do not need to meet Green Flag standards to be classified as a good quality site. It is not the function of many of Hull Spaces to provide the range of facilities and infrastructure required for the standard. This quality bench marking system uses feedback from customer comments and questionnaires to understand what is important to the people of Hull for their local spaces. Green Flag criteria cover both facilities and operational management of the site
The Green Flag categories of relevance to Hull’s Open Spaces are as follows:
1. A Welcoming Park Good and safe access Signage Equal access for all
2. Healthy, Safe and Secure Equipment and facilities must be safe A secure place to be in Dog fouling Appropriate facilities present (e.g. toilets, drinking water, first aid, public telephones and emergency equipment) Quality of facilities present
3. Clean and Well Maintained Waste management and litter Grounds and/or horticultural maintenance Buildings maintenance Equipment maintenance
4. Sustainability (Justify) pesticide use (Eliminate) Peat use Waste minimisation
Page 8850 of 262
Arboriculture and horticultural standards Environmental sustainability (e.g. energy conservation, pollution reduction)
5. Conservation and Heritage Conservation of natural features, wildlife and flora Conservation of landscape features Conservation of buildings and structures
6. Community Involvement Appropriate provision for all sections of the community Community involvement in management and development including outreach work
7. Marketing Promotion as a community resource Provision of appropriate information on activities/opportunities to get involved Provision of appropriate educational interpretation/information
8. Management Implementation of the management plan – will not be assessed, however, a management plan or strategy should be in place for the city’s larger parks and open spaces that addresses the key criteria above and this should be actively implemented to ensure a structured approach to management and maintenance. This will, in turn, help to demonstrate financially sound management of the city’s open spaces.
Scoring Each individual criterion is scored out of a possible 10. Criteria that do not apply to a particular site such as “buildings maintenance” where no building are present will score zero and therefore this is not included in the scoring matrix preventing bias in favour of the better equipped sites. Scores are associated with a quality term as shown in the table below. Score 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Score 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Percentage 0% 1 - 10% 11 - 20% 21-30% 31 - 40% 41 - 50% 51 - 60% 61 - 70% 71 -80% 81 - 90% 91 – 100%
Standard N/A Un- Very Poor Poor Below Average Above Good Very Good Excellent Exceptional acceptable average Average
Page 8951 of 262
Quality Assessment Scoring Final scores are obtained by taking the average of all the scores and dividing them by the number of criteria that the site has been assessed against. This score is then multiplied by 100 to give a percentage score.
Benchmarked scoring Hull has an array of typologies of Open Space that fulfil a range of functions, therefore, it cannot be expected that a small inner city play facility will score within the same quality band as a city park and regional visitor destination. Once a percentage score has been achieved for a particular site it can be assessed against the bands agreed for its particular typology.
Proposed Open Space Benchmark Standards.
Classification Poor Below Average Average Minimum Good Very Good Excellent Standard Allotments 25% - 39% 40% - 49% 50% - 54% 50% 55% - 60% 60% - 69% 70% + Amenity Green Space 15% - 29% 30% - 39% 40% - 49% 41% 55% - 59% 60% + Cemeteries and churchyards 25% - 39% 40% - 49% 50% - 54% 50% 55% - 60% 60% - 69% 70% + Civic Spaces 30% - 44% 45% - 54% 55% - 59% 60% 61% - 64% 65% - 74% 75% + Green corridors 15% - 29% 30% - 39% 40% - 49% 41% 50% - 59% 60% + Natural and semi-natural green spaces 30% - 44% 45% - 54% 55% - 59% 60% 61% - 64% 65% - 74% 75% + Outdoor sports facilities 35% - 49% 50% - 64% 41% - 64% 65% 65% - 80% 81% - 90% 81% + Parks 35% - 49% 50% - 64% 41% - 60% 71% 71% - 80% 81% - 90% 81% + Provision for Children 30% - 44% 45% - 54% 55% - 59% 60% 61% - 64% 65% - 74% 75% + Provision for Young People 25% - 39% 40% - 49% 50% - 54% 55% 55% - 60% 60% - 69% 70% +
Page 9052 of 262
Assessment Matrix
-
Site Name
Date
AmenityGreen Space GreenCorridor NaturalSemi Natural Children’s Facility Young People’s Facility Cemetery Allotments CivicSpace sports Outdoor facility Assessor Parks
Classification
Scoring
N/A Unacceptable VeryPoor Poor average Below Average Above Average Good VeryGood Excellent Exceptional 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1. A Welcoming Park Good and safe access Signage Equal access for all 2.Healthy, Safe and Secure Equipment and facilities must be safe A secure place to be in Dog fouling Appropriate facilities present (e.g. toilets, drinking water, first aid, public telephones and emergency equipment) Quality of facilities present 3.Clean and Well Maintained Waste management and litter Grounds & horticultural maintenance Buildings maintenance Equipment maintenance 4. Sustainability (Justify) pesticide use (Eliminate) peat use Waste minimisation Arboriculture and horticultural standards Environmental sustainability (e.g. energy conservation, pollution reduction) 5. Conservation and Heritage Conservation of natural features Conservation of landscape features Conservation of buildings and structures 6. Community Involvement Appropriate provision for all sections of the community Community involvement in management & development 7. Marketing Promotion as a community resource Provision of appropriate information Provision of appropriate educational info’ 8.Management Plan – Not Assessed SCORE AVERAGE
Page 9153 of 262
Page 92 of 262
Open Space Strategy Area Priorities and Actions
Park Area
Page 93 of 262 Introduction
This plan is one of 7 area action plans which support the Open Space Strategy and should be read alongside the main document. The strategy sets standards for different types of open space, estimates needs for certain types of open space and proposes sites which could help address those needs.
This Action Plan sets out details of actions within the Park Neighbourhood Committee area which will help to address those needs specific to this area. The plan contains actions to improve the green network and proposes sites for potential open space use where there is a deficit and methods to rationalise current provision in order to attain the highest possible quality provision within the area. Actions will be carried out by the Council and developers. The actions represent medium and longer term aspirations. Progress will be dependent on the rate at which development proposals come forward and are approved and implemented and the availability of Council resources to invest in open space. The strategy and action plans will be reviewed and updated every five years.
General Description The Park Area Committee area is made up of four wards; the Holderness, Marfleet, Southcoates East and Southcoates West wards. The area is situated in the southeast of the city and has a population of 43,152. The area is an equal mix of housing, found mainly to the north, and commercial and industrial properties that are concentrated within the Marfleet ward to the south. This functional split has resulted in bias of open space provision to the residential areas and East Park, one of Hull’s traditional Victorian parks, is located towards the centre of the Holderness ward. East Park is one of the most popular sites in the region attracting visitors from the wider region. East Park is a regional visitor attraction, especially in summer, when it holds a number of events and opens up the boating lake.
Despite the presence of East Park, there is low accessibility for some households to nearby facilities. Local amenity green spaces are often small and of low quality and do not provide the facilities to meet residents’ needs.
The Park Area, is well connected to the Green Network with both the River Hull and Hull to Hornsea railway line running north to south through the Holderness ward, the Humber Estuary bounds the committee area to and the Hull to Withernsea disused railway line in the Marfleet ward and the Holderness Drain running through Marfleet and Southcoates east wards.
Page 94 of 262 1
Accessibility Current accessibility standards Park Area (see table 1) shows that a large proportion of green space within Marfleet, Southcoates East and Southcoates West wards is not accessible to the public. The problem is further increased by the lack of availability of land to turn into a public open space.
Table 1: Mid 2014 Accessibility Standards in the Park Area Committee Ward Total Publicly accessible Publicly accessible (hectares) (hectares) (percentage) Holderness 89.43 70.65 79% Marfleet 131.64 43.79 33% Southcoates East 31.42 13.67 44% Southcoates West 6.19 1.58 26%
Current deficiencies Deficiencies identified in the 2014 open space audit are shown in Table X. It shows that there is a deficiency in several of the typologies. This needs to be taken into account when planning future investment in open spaces infrastructure.
Deficiencies in Allotments should be assessed concurrently with current waiting lists in order to assess current demand in an area; with regards to Park Area Allotments there are currently vacant plots, therefore, additional allotment provision is a low priority and investment should be directed at improving the quality of current provision in the neighbourhood area.
The deficiencies in amenity green space are off-set by the presence of East Park and Pelican Park at the centre of the Neighbourhood Area, however.
The is an almost even distribution of natural and semi natural open space in the Park Area, however some residents in the Southcoates area of the city do not have ready access to sites of this nature. East Park, however, is readily accessible to residents in this area and it contains natural areas highlighting the importance of high quality multi-functional sites. The designation of Rockford Fields as a Local Nature Reserve and wildlife area supports this provision, however, emphasis should be on enhancing the quality and maintenance of the existing sites. Support should be given to the creation of new sites where possible.
Page 95 of 262 2
Table 2: Mid 2014 Deficiencies in Provision within the Park Area Committee Open Space Typology Existing open Open space Hull Standard Open space surplus space provision ha/1000 (hectares) (hectares / 1000 people) Agricultural 38.24 n/a Allotments 0.24 ha / 1000 people within a 20 minute -0.632 9.72 0.23 walk (960m) SLIGHT DEFICIENCY NO WAITING LIST Amenity Green Space 0.67 ha / 1000 people within a 10 minute -9.316 19.60 0.45 walk (480m). DEFICIENCY Cemetery / churchyard 22.02 0.51 Children's play facility 0.030 ha / 1000 people within a 10 minute -0.2442489 1.05 0.024 walk (480m). SLIGHT DEFICIENCY Civic space 0.00 n/a Educational grounds 37.65 0.87 n/a Green corridor 20.73 0.48 n/a Natural / semi-natural 0.62 ha / 1000 people within a 20 minute -3.614 23.14 0.54 greenspace walk (960m). DEFICIENCY Outdoor Sports Facility 29.92 0.69 Park / garden 0.50 ha / 1000 people within a 20 minute 22.164 43.74 1.01 walk (960m). LARGE SURPLUS Private grounds 2.89 0.07 n/a Unclassified 7.51 0.17 n/a Young people's facility 0.023 ha / 1000 people within a 15 minute 1.478 2.47 0.06 walk (720m). SURPLUS Golf 0 n/a 0
Outdoor Sports Facility (excl 1.68 ha / 1000 people, excluding golf -4.930 67.57 1.57 golf) + Educational grounds courses DEFICIENCY
Page 96 of 262 3
Site Specific Strategic Actions
Page 97 of 262 4
Hedon Road Memorial Gardens The Hedon Road memorial Gardens, also known as the Humbrol Memorial Gardens was opened in 2011. The gardens are part of a wider Village Park that offers the local community a both a place for quiet contemplation and play facilities for children.
Total Existing Funding Potential REF Description Justification Ward Cost Commitment gap alternative funding Installation of street furniture, i.e. benches, PK8 litter bins and planters. Additional fencing General enhancements £15,000 No £15,000 Marfleet and improved landscaping
Mayville Avenue Total Existing Funding Potential REF Description Justification Ward Cost Commitment gap alternative funding
PK5 Reinstatement of children's play area £40,000 No £40,000 Holderness
Lindengate Avenue Lindengate Avenue is a community play facility serving the needs of residents in the Stoneferry area. The park was built with the estate in the 1990s but has since had little investment and has become run down and play equipment is now failing. Current provision on site includes swings, climbing frames and a basket ball hoop.
Total Existing Funding Potential REF Description Justification Ward Cost Commitment gap alternative funding To add to, improve/upgrade existing play Well used equipment needs PK7 facilities in the children's play area on £40,000 No £40,000 Holderness replacing Lindengate Ave
Page 98 of 262 5
East Park East Park is one of the city’s most popular visitor destinations and offers a broad range of facilities including bowling greens, football and rugby pitches, children’s play facilities, skate park and youth shelters and a large lake that offers year round fishing and boating in summer. The wider park landscape provides excellent amenity as well as supporting wilder area for adventure play and nature. The park had several million pounds worth of heritage lottery investment between 1999 and 2011 which included a new animal facility with deer paddock and a walk-through aviary. The park is home to an award winning adapted cycling scheme that has served as the template for schemes nation-wide. The park provides a venue for local festivals and events including the annual Veterans’ Weekend and Hull Motor Show.
Total Existing Funding Potential REF Description Justification Ward Cost Commitment gap alternative funding To add to, improve/upgrade existing play Well used equipment needs PK6 facilities in the children's play area in East £35,000 No £35,000 Holderness replacing Park
John Hadland Park John Hadland Park on Cambridge Grove is a relatively small but multifunctional greenspace serving the local community. The play provision on site is varied and includes climbing frames, roundabout, swings, tyre swing, tunnel and seesaw Provision for young people includes a MUGA with basketball hoops and football goals and a shelter. The site, however, is in a poor state of repair and there are few pieces of play equipment that remain undamaged.
Total Existing Funding Potential REF Description Justification Ward Cost Commitment gap alternative funding Enhancement of additional play Southcoates PK10 TBC TBC equipment. East
Page 99 of 262 6
Marfleet ward There is a deficit of open space in the Marfleet ward and a clear need has been identified in the area. The exact locations of new parks still needs to be confirmed but priority should be given to investigating the potential to use demolition sites to create small pocket parks in heavily populated areas to provide additional amenities for young children. Total Existing Funding Potential REF Description Justification Ward Cost Commitment gap alternative funding Create of pocket parks across PK9 TBC Marfleet Marfleet ward
Page 100 of 262 7
Infrastructure Improvements
Page 101 of 262 8
Inclusion of Sites within the Action Plan.
The following criteria have been used to identify priorities and justify the inclusion of sites within the action plan. The ward area is deficient in the specified typology. The site suffers from accessibility issues (i.e. safety, poor signage and poor disability provision) A project is already underway to enhance the site and/or funding has been secured. An evaluation of the site’s use is required as it is of poor quality and is underused. The action is small scale, short term and will enhance the quality of current provision, whilst aiding community ownership. The importance of the site is identified in other strategies.
Management and Development The following issues should be considered when undertaking site development or enhancement. Financial viability. Security of tenure. Planning permission requirements and any foreseen difficulties in securing permission. Achieving revenue funding from planning contributions in order to maintain existing sites. Gaining contributions in the form of planning, which assist with the creation of new provision where need has been identified. Explore opportunities for shared/community site management opportunities. Opportunities to lease site to external organisations(s). Assisting community groups/parish councils to gain funding to enhance existing provision. Negotiation with landowners to increase access to private strategic sites.
The Action Plan has been created to be undertaken over a ten-year timescale. The information within the Assessment Report, Strategy and Action Plan will require updating as developments occur. It is not feasible to include all sites with identified development issues in the Strategy and Action Plan. Only keys sites, which meet the criteria listed above have, therefore, been included.
Actions will be carried out by the Council and developers. The actions represent short (1-2 years) medium (3 – 5 years) and longer term (over six years) aspirations. Progress will be dependent on the rate at which development proposals come forward and are approved and implemented and the availability of Council resources to invest in open space.
The strategy and action plans will be reviewed and updated every five years.
Page 102 of 262 9
Holderness Ward
Open Space Quality CIL Ref Improvements Required Open Space Objectives Score Parks East Park To add to, improve/upgrade existing play PK6 facilities in the children's play area in East Park Green Corridors Foredyke stream cycle track - north of Chamberlain Road Former Hornsea railway, between Sutton Road & Chamberlain Road Former Hornsea railway, between Tweendykes Road & Sutton Road Foredyke stream cycle track - north of Leads Road Amenity AGS off Ullswater Drive AGS east of Hathersage road Land north of Rix Road AGS south of Cullen Close AGS north of Mayville Avenue PK5 Reinstatement of children's play area AGS south of Woodleigh Drive AGS north of Whitethorn Way AGS, Carnoustie Close AGS, Repton Drive and Woodleigh Drive AGS south of Mayville Avenue AGS, Dornoch Drive
Page 103 of 262 10
Allotments Lamorna Avenue Allotments Leads Road / Sutton Road allotments Children’s Play Facilities Play equipment, Lindengate To add to, improve/upgrade existing play Avenue PK7 facilities in the children's play area on Lindengate Ave Play equipment, East Park Play equipment, Cullen Close Play equipment, Ullswater Drive Young People’s Facilities East Park Youth Zone Basketball court, Pelican Recreation Ground Basketball hoop, Lindengate Avenue Semi-natural Habitats Land to the S of Thamesbrook Buffer strip V of Lindengate Ave Rockford Fields Cemeteries None Private Grounds The Willows Sports and Social Club, Holderness Road Outdoor Sports Facilities Pelican Recreation Ground Site under community management and being maintained to a high standard. Support new initiatives where possible
Page 104 of 262 11
Tennis courts, Pelican RG Well supported and popular facility Bowling greens, East Park Maintained to a high standard. Playing pitches, East Park Outdoor gym, East Park Basketball court, East Park Schools Cavendish / Gillshill Primary School Westcott Primary School Malet Lambert School Malet Lambert School, STP Malet Lambert School, MUGA
Marfleet Ward
Open Space Quality CIL Improvements Required Open Space Objectives Score Ref Parks Humbrol Memorial Garden Various Locations PK9 Create of pocket parks across Marfleet ward Green Corridors Cycle track between Great Field Lane and Poorhouse Lane Old Fleet Drain Former Withernsea railway line Holderness Drain Amenity Stonebridge Recreation Ground AGS north of Hedon Road
Page 105 of 262 12
AGS north of Anson Road AGS east of Lingdale Road AGS surrounded by Burdale Close AGS, south of Wingfield Road AGS, north of Lingdale Road AGS, Brandsby Grove AGS, Welbury Grove AGS, Bexhill Avenue Allotments Marfleet Lane allotments Children’s Play Facilities Play equipment, Brandsby Grove Play equipment, Falkland Road Play equipment, Humbrol Memorial Garden, Church Lane Play equipment, Stonebridge Recreation Ground Young People’s Facilities Skate park, Stonebridge RG MUGA, Stonebridge RG Semi-natural Habitats Land south of former Withernsea railway line Land east of Falkland Road Land to the south of Preston Road Cemeteries Hedon Road Cemetery Jewish Burial Ground, Delhi Street
Page 106 of 262 13
Eastern Cemetery St. Giles Burial Ground Private Grounds Hull KR Stadium, Craven Park Land adjacent to Bilton Grange Community Centre Unclassified Former Playing fields south of Annandale Road Former Archbishop Thurstan School Former tennis and netball courts, Waundby Centre Outdoor Sports Facilities Fenners recreation ground, Marfleet Lane Hull KR training ground, Poorhouse Lane Sutton Trust Sports Ground, Shelley Avenue Fenners recreation ground bowling green Soccer Sensations, Poorhouse Lane Grass pitches, Stonebridge Recreation Ground Outdoor gym, Waundby Centre Schools St Richards RC Primary School Stockwell Primary School Griffin Primary School
Page 107 of 262 14
Oldfleet Primary School Marfleet Primary School Oakfield Special School Agricultural Land east of Greatfield Estate
Page 108 of 262 15
Southcoates East Ward
Open Space Quality CIL Improvements Required Open Space Objectives Score Ref Parks John Hadland Park, Cambridge Grove PK10 Enhancement of additional play equipment. Green Corridors Holderness Drain Former Withernsea railway line Amenity AGS north and south of Glaisdale Grove Lorenzo Park, south of Lorenzo Way AGS north of Lorenzo Way AGS north of Kilnsea Grove Wansford Green, Wansford Grove AGS south of College Grove AGS, rear of Westerdale Grove Allotments Bilton Grove Allotments Portobello Street Allotments Children’s Play Facilities Play equipment, St. John's Grove Play equipment, John Hadland Park Natural Play area, Lorenzo Park Young People’s Facilities BMX Track, south of Foredyke School MUGA, John Hadland Park MUGA, Foredyke Primary School Teen Shelter, Lorenzo Park
Page 109 of 262 16
Teen shelter, John Hadland Park Semi-natural Habitats The Lozenge, south of Bilsdale Grove Land south of St John's Grove Bilton Grove Habitat Area (Marfleet Lane Wildlife Area) Cemeteries None Private Grounds Communal gardens, Broadway Manor, The Broadway Outdoor Sports Facilities Mappleton playing fields Flinton Fields Unclassified Former David Lister School Schools Alderman Cogan Primary School Archbishop Sentamu Academy Foredyke Primary School Archbishop Sentamu Academy, STP
Page 110 of 262 17
Southcoates West Ward
Open Space Quality Score CIL Ref Improvements Open Space Required Objectives Parks None Green Corridors
Amenity AGS east Newbridge Road AGS, Rosmead Street Allotments Allotments to the south of Sweet Dews Grove Children’s Play Facilities Play equipment, Rosmead Street Young People’s Facilities Basketball hoop and basketball court, Rosmead Street Teen shelter, Rosmead Street Semi-natural Habitats None Cemeteries
Private Grounds Sacred Heart Convent, Southcoates
Page 111 of 262 18
Lane Unclassified Former David Lister School Outdoor Sports Facilities East Hull Amateur Rugby League Ground, Rosmead Street East Hull Amateur Rugby League Ground, Rosmead Street Outdoor gym, Rosmead Street
Schools Estcourt Primary School
Page 112 of 262 19
Page 113 of 262 20
Page 114 of 262 Briefing Note to Area Committees
Property Disposals Update
Briefing Note of the City Property and Assets Manager
1. Purpose of the Briefing Note and Summary
1.1 A report is to be submitted to Cabinet 28 November 2016 to advise on progress made on the approved disposals and to seek approval to the 2016/17 mid-term Programme which includes the disposal of additional assets.
1.2 The purpose of this Briefing Note is to advise the Area Committees of those disposals in their particular area and to invite comment on these.
1.3 Attached at Appendix 1 are a number of proposed asset disposals which Cabinet will be asked to approve at its meeting of 28 November 2016. Appendix 2 indicates progress made on the disposal of assets which already have Cabinet approval.
1.4 The appendices indicate the ward in which each asset is located.
2. Issues for Consideration
2.1 The assets include surplus assets which are buildings no longer required for operational purposes, regeneration assets which form part of a wider regeneration strategy and development assets which are generally sites with redevelopment potential.
2.2 Surplus assets may be declared at any time during the year following decisions taken in service areas to restructure service provision. These will be added to the Disposal Programme as of when appropriate by Portfolioholder Decision Record.
2.3 The Programme is consistent with the Council’s (draft) Corporate Land & Property Strategy and will generate receipts which will contribute to the achievement of the Councils capital receipts target for 2016/17. Some of these are required to meet the funding criteria of existing schemes (such as the Building Optimisation Programme) whilst others will support the Council’s future capital programme. Page 115 of 262
2.4 The terms of disposal of each property are to be delegated to the City Manager; Property & Assets to negotiate and agree .Terms will comply with the requirements of S123 of the Local Government Act 1973 as regards best/market value.
2.5 The contracts for the disposals are to be prepared and completed by the Town Clerk.
3. Principles
3.1 The Council’s property agents, NPS Humber, have been/will be instructed to prepare a marketing and disposals strategy for each asset for approval by the City Manager Property & Assets. The development opportunities and available assets will advertised on the NPS website and, if appropriate, through emails to property agents and developers, through site signage, and in the local and regional press.
3.2 In the case of assets with development potential it is usual to mitigate against potential landbanking by making sales conditional upon the purchasers obtaining planning consent for a comprehensive redevelopment scheme and/or on the completion of the scheme itself
3.3 In some cases the planning office has prepared briefs to guide the future development of certain key assets and to which developers will be referred. In some cases it may be appropriate to remove uncertainty surrounding the likelihood of obtaining planning consent by obtaining outline consent for change of use prior to marketing the opportunity.
4. Conclusions and Next Steps
4.1 The committee is requested to review the proposed disposals set out in Appendix 1 and comment as appropriate and to note progress reported on previously approved disposals set out in Appendix 2.
Nick Howbridge, City Property and Assets Manager
Contact Officer: John Haymes 612820
Page 116 of 262 Appendix 1
ADDITIONAL DISPOSALS & ACQUISITIONS (not previously approved)
Ward Property Description Rationale/Progress
DEVELOPMENT ASSETS Marfleet Wyke Works Sale of Freehold Reversion (ground The former Paprapack complex was converted by the lease) tenant to multiple occupation (offices and factory space); the tenant wishes to undertake further investment and to bring forward vacant land for factory developments; the freehold interest is required to facilitate obtaining bank finance.
Marfleet Goat & Compass PH Sale of Freehold Reversion (ground The freehold interest is required to facilitate obtaining lease) bank finance to improve the public house.
Marfleet Land at Valetta Street Sale of Freehold Reversion (ground Interest received from factory tenant who is planning leases) further investment in the premises. Holderness Plots 54/55 Sutton Fields Sale of Freehold Reversion (ground Vacant factory premises are being marketed; interest Industrial Estate lease) from prospective purchasers who require the freehold to support planned investment.
HOUSING ASSETS Southcoates Site of Former Methodist Former Gateway acquisition and The property was purchased and demolished as part of East Church, Preston Road cleared site. the former Gateway programme. Following the removal of Housing Market Renewal Funding the property is surplus to requirements for new build housing. There is interest in the land to support a lottery application for the re-provision of the Preston Road Women’s centre Page 117 of 262 (currently located in two houses on Preston Road). Planning permission has been granted for the site. Terms of the disposal to be agreed and subject to the successful allocation of lottery funding.
Page 118 of 262
Appendix 2
PROGRESS ON PREVIOUSLY APPROVED DISPOSALS/ACQUISITIONS Ward Property Description Progress
DEVELOPMENT ASSETS Holderness Plot 25 Sutton Fields Sale of Freehold Reversion (ground Terms agreed with business occupier; sale will facilitate Industrial Estate lease) investment in premises and business expansion; with solicitors.
SURPLUS ASSETS Holderness East Park Lodge , 501 Former Park Keeper’s lodge Marketing held in abeyance pending review by Area Holderness Road Committee.
Southcoates 159 Southcoates Former depot Sale agreed. With solicitors East Avenue
Page 119 of 262
Page 120 of 262
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards: Holderness, Southcoates 30 November 2016 East, Southcoates West, Marfleet Housing Regeneration Projects
Briefing Paper of the Assistant City Manager, Housing Strategy and Renewal
1. Purpose of the Paper and Summary
The purpose of this briefing paper is to update Members of Park Area Committee on the on the renewal programme being delivered including acquisition, demolition and new build in the ward.
2. Background
2.1 Regeneration activities across the city are focused in the Council’s priority regeneration areas.
2.2 This briefing paper outlines the progress made within the Park area, including an update on developments currently on site and new programmes being brought forward as a result of successful funding bids. The report also summarises the approach being taken by the Housing Strategy and Renewal section to secure additional funding and build upon the progress made to date.
3. Issues for Consideration
Holderness Road Corridor
3.1 Acquisition Programme
3.1.1 The Renewals Team are currently working across the first three phases of acquisition.
3.1.2 There are currently 76 occupied properties. Seventeen residents are currently awaiting relocation to new build properties. Handovers have now recommenced and all properties should be handed over by the end of November
3.1.3 Across the active programme there are thirteen owners and six have agreed valuations for their properties.
3.2 Demolition Programme
3.2.1 The first two phases of demolition containing 137 properties have been completed and the next phase is in preparation expected to begin before the end of the financial year. Page 121 of 262
3.3 Improvement Programme
3.3.1 Work is on site with completion still expected by April 2017 as per the original programme.
3.4 Lead Developer Partner
3.4.1 Portobello and Maybury – the planning application was approved by the local planning authority at the April Committee and work on both sites has now started. A start on site event was held on 9 November and a press release with photographs was issued.
3.4.2 Southcoates Lane – As part of the citywide lead developer programme planning approval has been secured for 162 new homes on the former Greif site on Southcoates Lane. This will enable the delivery of 127 homes new homes for private sale and 35 new council houses. Work is now underway to finalise the viability appraisal and draw down of the site by the developer
3.5 New build development
3.5.1 Ganstead Grove – To date 54 of the 67 plots have been handed over and works on site will complete in December 2016
3.5.2 The Key Performance Indicators for the Ganstead Grove development agreement between the City Council and the developer require a minimum of 80% local labour on the site. The site is currently achieving a local labour figure of 86%.
3.5.3 Former David Lister School Site – Pickering and Ferens Homes planning application for 82 bungalows surrounding the Integrated Care Centre has now been approved and start on site is expected in the new year.
3.6 Private Sector Renewal
3.6.1 258 properties in Estcourt Street will receive frontage improvements and painting with 257 having signed up for the works. Keepmoat Limited are the appointed contractor and work has now started due to complete summer 2017.
At the end of October :-
• New fascia and guttering work had been completed on 45 properties • Decoration work had started on 48 properties • Existing walls and fences etc had been removed from 58 properties • New wall and fences had been started on 19 properties
3.7 Citywide Empty Homes Programme
3.7.1 KWL is the appointed contractor for the HCA funded units and to date 6 properties have been purchased and are in the process of being refurbished. A further 6 properties have been purchased for re-sale in order to recycle grant funding and 3 additional properties are in negotiation to purchase for sale.
Page 122 of 262
4. Next steps
4.1 The Council remains committed to implementing the HRC AAP vision. The Phase 1 and 2 acquisition programme is being delivered.
4.2 The new build programme is building momentum with the scheme at Ganstead Grove progressing to completion and site works now taking place at Portobello and Maybury Road .
4.3 Future delivery of the AAP in Preston Road will be achieved by continued partnership working with Registered Providers, the Lead Developer Partner, the delivery of improvements to the remaining Winget properties, and by seeking out and bidding for additional funding as opportunities become available.
Nicholas Harne
Assistant City Manager, Housing Strategy and Renewal
Contact Officer : Nicholas Harne Telephone No. : 01482 615477
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - None
Page 123 of 262
Page 124 of 262
Briefing to the Park Area Committee Wards – Holderness, 30th November 16 Marfleet, Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Waste and Open Spaces Quarterly Performance Update
Briefing of the City Streetscene Manager
1. Purpose of the Briefing Paper and Summary
1.1 To provide a quarterly performance report relating to waste collection, recycling performance, street cleansing and grounds maintenance in the Park Area.
2. Introduction
2.1 This briefing is part of the ongoing performance reporting framework, providing quarterly performance information for Waste and Open Spaces.
3. Measures of Performance
3.1 The city wide number of missed collections for October 2016 was 788 out of 681,241 scheduled collections.
3.2 The following graph shows the number of reported missed collections since Sept 15 across Park Area broken down by Ward.
Page 125 of 262 1
3.3 The number of missed collections in Park Area reported in October 16 was 158.
3.4 The average number of daily reported missed collections by Ward in August was as follows:
• Holderness – 2.6 bins reported missed out of 2,063 collections per day • Marfleet – 1.6 bins reported missed out of 2,097 collections per day • Southcoates East – 2.4 bins reported missed out of 1,275 collections per day • Southcoates West- 3.1 bins reported missed out of 1,494 collections per day • The city wide Ward average was 2.25 bins reported missed per day
3.5 The level of missed collections has stabilised since March of this year and are reasonably inline with citywide percentage rates.
3.6 Cleansing Performance Update – Levels of litter and graffiti are now monitored city-wide on a quarterly basis. This is in line with corporate performance indicators. The trend in relation to levels of litter and graffiti across the city is shown below.
Page 126 of 262 2
3.7 Current levels of litter are below the target of 6%. Keep Britain Tidy’s latest annual national local environmental quality survey results; show the national unacceptable levels of litter at 10%.
3.8 The level of graffiti is shown on the graph below
3.9 The levels of graffiti arePage well below 127 of the 262 4% target. 3
3.10 Although still ahead of target, the level of litter has started to increase which reflects the reduction in resources during the last year. A zonal approach to cleansing and grounds maintenance has just been implemented which is aimed at ensuring standards are maintained at their current level, or to improve them. This zonal approach started on April 4 th 2016.
3.11 The number of reported fly-tipping incidents in the Park Area averaged approximately 38 per month between Sept 15 and October 16. A comparison with city-wide reports is outlined below.
3.12 The level of flytipping during the period Jan 16 to Oct 16 has risen by 1163 reported fly tips when measured against the same period in 2015 which is a rise of 30%.
3.13 To illustrate the level of contact from residents with regard to street cleanliness, the number of service requests through the call centre is shown on the graph below.
Page 128 of 262 4
3.14 The average number of requests from residents in the Park Area is 27 per month. The graph below shows the breakdown of service request types for the Park Area.
3.15 To illustrate the level of contact from residents with regard to grounds maintenance and parks, the number of service requests through the call centre is shown on the Pagegraph 129below. of 262 5
3.16 The average number of requests from residents in the North Carr Area is 50 per month and follows a seasonal trend. The increase in contact during May and June reflects the reduction in resources combined with good growing conditions impacting on the standard of grass cutting. Steps were taken to improve the situation which has led to an improvement in standards, this is reflected in the graph above.
3.17 The graph below shows the breakdown of service request types for the Park Area.
Page 130 of 262 6
4 Summary and Next Steps
4.1 Key operational issues will be summarised in future reports.
4.2 The waste collection service continue to monitor trends in reported missed collections, with the emphasis on reducing the number of repeat and missed assisted collections to improve performance. Improving the quality of materials collected in the blue bin recycling scheme is also a key priority.
4.3 A zonal approach to cleansing and grounds maintenance came into effect on 4th April 2016. A temporary plan to address the standard of grass cutting across the city was put in place which has seen standards improve through July and August.
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officers: Doug Sharp and Adam McArthur, Streetscene Services
Telephone No: 01482 614032 or 318536
Background Documents – None
Page 131 of 262 7
Page 132 of 262
Briefing to the Park Area Committee Wards – Holderness, November 2016 Marfleet, Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Street Cleansing and Grounds Maintenance Zonal
Briefing of the City Streetscene Manager
1. Purpose of the Briefing Paper and Summary
1.1 To provide an overview and update of the revised Zonal street cleansing and grounds maintenance programme.
2. Introduction
2.1 This briefing is to provide an operational overview of the revised zonal street cleansing and grounds maintenance service.
2.2 The original zonal programme started on the 4 th April 2016 and streetscene requested three months for the new system to be established and a re- evaluation to be completed in July 16.
2.3 During August and September, the zones were re-developed and new schedules and maps have been created.
3. Street Cleansing
3.1 It is evident that there has been an improvement in the standards of street cleansing. However, further improvements can be made by adapting the existing system.
3.2 It is still proposed that the street cleansing service will operate on a zoned basis, 7 days per week. This will include all dedicated zone resources working in one zone per day. Though we are proposing to change the geographical boundary of the zones. A map will show the new zones and we are proposing to issue new schedules by the end of October 2016.
3.3 The city will be remain split into 15 zones, but will operate over 18 days.
Page 133 of 262 1 3.4 The frequency to complete full city has not changed despite operating over 18 days. This has been achieved by reducing the two spare zonal/community days to one per week.
3.5 The city centre and arterial roads will remain the same and will continue to be excluded from the zones and will still have a dedicated resource, 7 days a week.
3.6 The city centre, again, will remain the same and continue with the extended operating hours from 05:00 to 19:00, 7 days a week.
3.7 There will be a “back up” resource operating Monday to Friday, dedicated to school runs, shop fronts, hot spot areas and service requests. These will be cleaned daily Monday to Friday.
3.8 Fly-tipping, cycle tracks and on-request tasks (needles, dead animals, etc.) will remain the same.
3.9 Future developments within the street cleansing schedules will naturally compass the seasonal trends, and these will be discussed with Ward Members, where requested.
4. Grounds Maintenance
4.1 Grounds maintenance will still operate over 5 days, Monday to Friday.
4.2 The triple grass cutting, mobile teams and 5/7 will continue to work on a zonal basis, using the same principal as street cleansing with all resources working in that zone then moving on to the next zone the following day. However, there will be a new dedicated triple mower in the golf courses and a new dedicated triple on the arterial road centre verges.
4.3 There is an increase in the number of seasonal operatives to work on the triple grass cutting in 2017. There is an additional four seasonal operatives.
4.4 The city will still operate with 15 zones; however zones 1-11 will be geographically different to the present zones. A map showing these changes will be issued.
4.5 The mobile teams and 5/7 will work to the same geographical zones as the triple grass cutters.
4.6 The other grounds maintenance tasks (OAPs, high amenity, marking out, city centre and communal areas) will have dedicated crews to carry out this work. These will not work on a zonal basis, due to the spread across the city.
4.7 There are back up crews, if required, to cover grass cutting during periods of wet weather.
5. Community Groups
5.1 Streetscene will work with the Area Committee and Ward Members to support community involvement, where there is interest, and Page 134 of 262 2 coordinate/adapt operational response accordingly to assist in the clearance of litter and leaves, and grounds maintenance tasks.
5.2 Streetscene will arrange meetings with Ward Members to discuss community clean-ups of litter.
6. Summary
6.1 Officers from Streetscene will attend Ward Members meetings to discuss the street cleansing and grounds maintenance zones in detail, if requested.
6.2 The street cleansing and grounds maintenance schedules will be shared will members by the end of October 2016.
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officers: Adam McArthur, Streetscene Services
Telephone No: 612743
Background Documents – None
Page 135 of 262 3
Page 136 of 262
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards : Holderness Marfleet, Southcoates East, 30 November 2016 Soutcoates West.
Kerbside Recycling Information
Briefing Paper of the of City Streetscene Manager.
1. Purpose of the Briefing Paper and Summary
1.1. To provide information on what can be recycled through the kerbside collection schemes in Park Area and throughout the city.
2. Introduction
2.1. Hull City Council introduced one of the most comprehensive recycling schemes in the country in September 2009. This comprises of blue bins for mixed dry recycling and brown bins/food caddies for organic waste.
3. Recycling Information
3.1. Recycling information is posted annually to every household in the city. The annual pack is posted during September and October to coincide with new students arriving. The pack also contains collection dates with any changes over the Christmas period.
3.2. The latest annual pack delivered to all households during the first week of October 2016 was completely redesigned. The new pack contains a booklet called ‘Your guide to recycling right’. The new guide provides additional information on what not to put in the blue bin – no bagged waste, no food waste, no nappies, no clothes/textiles.
3.3. There are three versions of the booklet. One for properties with brown bins, one for properties with food caddies and one for flats. A copy of the standard booklet for properties with black, blue and brown bins is attached at appendix A.
3.4. Collection calendars have also been simplified and now provide additional recycling advice. An example of a calendar is shown at appendix B. Additional calendars and booklet can be downloaded from the council’s website. The website also contains
Page 137 of 262 Page 1 of 4
additional information on recycling at the kerbside and at Household Waste Recycling centres (HWRCs).
3.5. The table below provides information on what goes in each type of bin. However it is not possible to provide a complete list of everything that should be placed in the black bin.
Only the items listed Only the items listed The black bin is below go in the blue below go in the used for everything bin. brown bin. else. Typically, this includes: • Paper Garden Waste • Nappies • Empty aerosol • Grass and hedge • Cling film and cans cuttings bubble wrap • Cardboard • Small branches • Crisp packets • Empty tins and • Flowers • Baby and facial cans • Plants wipes • Empty plastic • Small shrubs • Used kitchen bottles • Leaves paper • Empty food • Weeds • Toothpaste tubes containers Food Waste • Food pouches (excluding • Peelings (including pet polystyrene) • Egg shells food pouches) • Clean kitchen foil • Tea bags • Vacuum cleaners • Empty glass • Bread bags (and bottles and jars • Cooked and contents) • Empty food and uncooked food • Wallpaper drinks cartons • Meat, fish and • Pet waste (Tetrapak) bones • Polystyrene • Telephone • Cheese directories • Books
3.6. Additional targeted information is also sent to residents who have contaminated their blue bin. The additional information includes a recycle wheel and an additional leaflet. The leaflet is also available in several different languages.
3.7. In addition to the annual pack, the council is also employing the services of a temporary team of recycling advisors. The advisors will visit around 40,000 properties and answer recycling queries as well as asking residents about their knowledge on recycling. Early indications suggest that there is a good understanding of what and how to recycle but levels of contamination are still relatively high. This work is due to be completed by December 2016. The data from the surveys undertaken during October 2016 is shown in the graph below.
Page 138 of 262 Page 2 of 4
Most commonly confused refuse items that are often placed into recycling bins *percentages were calculated based on a total of 5281 responses 500 9% 450 8% 400 7% 350 6% 300 5% 250 4% 200 150 3% 100 2% Numberof respondents 50 1% 0 0% Polysytrene Clothing Black sacks Nappies Food waste and crisp and textiles packets Number of respondents 87 52 56 105 437 Percentage of respondents 1.65% 0.98% 1.06% 1.99% 8.27%
3.8. A series of roadshows to be held in busy shopping areas is also planned to further promote recycling. These are: • Hull University – Tuesday 25 October • Paragon Bus Interchange – Friday 4 November • Prospect Centre – Saturday 12 November • St Stephens – Saturday 19 November • Princes Quay – Saturday 5 November
3.9. Streetscene officers are working with colleagues in the Media Relations team to produce regular and informative pieces for area newsletters.
4. Additional Information
4.1. Envirocomms who manage the recycling advisors will provide Streetscene Officers with further advice on how to maximise recycling and reduce contamination.
4.2. The council has a 10 year contract with J&B Bio Ltd to process all materials collected through the blue and brown bin schemes.
5. Summary & Next Steps
5.1. Officers from Streetscene will continue to promote high quality recycling through direct mailing, website information, press releases and attendance at various fora.
Page 139 of 262 Page 3 of 4
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officer : Paul Thomas Telephone No. : 01482 612776
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - Appendix A, Your guide to recycling right. Appendix B, Example of collection calendar.
Page 140 of 262 Page 4 of 4 Your guide to recycling right
Page 141 of 262
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 1 20/09/2016 09:25 Once we collect your recycling and separate it into different types of materials, it’s sold to those Recycling isn’t who want to make use of it and this helps us to maintain key Council services at less cost to you. rubbish; it’s a Recycling is a commodity and like all other commodities, the cleaner and more ‘pure’ it is, the higher its value.
resource! The residents of Hull currently recycle nearly half of their household waste, which is a great effort! However, each year over 4,000 tonnes of the blue bin contents cannot be recycled which is costing the Council over £600,000.
We think this money could be better spent preserving and supporting other key services.
GET BIN SMART! USE THIS GUIDE TO GET RECYCLING RIGHT
Page 142 of 262 Sheree & Ellie Hull residents who recycle right!
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 2 20/09/2016 09:26 What goes in your Kara, Hull resident who’s BIN SMART! PLEASE NOTE All items MUST be BLUE bin placed in the bin ONLY the items loose and NOT in listed below go in carrier or bin bags the BLUE bin. or we will not be able to collect it. ✔ Paper ✔ Empty aerosol cans ✔ Cardboard NO BAGGED WASTE ✔ Empty tins and cans ✔ Empty plastic bottles ✔ Empty food containers NO FOOD (excluding polystyrene) WASTE ✔ Clean kitchen foil ✔ Empty glass bottles and jars ✔ Empty food and drinks NO NAPPIES cartons (Tetrapak) ✔ Telephone directories ✔ Books NO CLOTHES /TEXTILES If it’s not on the list, check if it goes in the black or brown bin. Page 143 of 262
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 3 20/09/2016 09:26 Brown Leigh from Hull getting NO SOIL, bin recycling right STONES OR ONLY the items listed RUBBLE below go in the BROWN bin. Garden waste: NO CAT/ ✔ Grass and hedge cuttings DOG WASTE ✔ Small branches ✔ Flowers ✔ Leaves ✔ NO PLASTICS, Plants ✔ Weeds GLASS OR ✔ Small shrubs PACKAGING Food waste: ✔ Peelings NO WOOD ✔ Egg shells ✔ Tea bags ✔ Bread ✔ Cooked and PLEASE NOTE uncooked food ONLY use Council ✔ Meat, fish and bones provided liners in ✔ Cheese your kitchen caddy. If it’s not on the list, Free liners are check if it goes in the available from your collection crew. blue or black bin. Page 144 of 262
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 4 20/09/2016 09:26 If you recycle as much as you can BLACK bin correctly, you should have more than Your BLACK bin is used for sufficient space in the black rubbish bin for everything else. Typically, this everything else. Any extra waste should includes: be taken to one of Hull’s three household waste recycling centres. ✔ Nappies ✔ Cling film and bubble wrap Kieran from Hull ✔ Crisp packets getting recycling right ✔ Baby and facial wipes ✔ Used kitchen paper ✔ Toothpaste tubes ✔ Food pouches (including pet food pouches) ✔ Vacuum cleaner bags PLEASE NOTE (and contents) We will only collect what’s ✔ Wallpaper inside the black bin, so please ✔ Pet waste don’t put additional rubbish to ✔ Polystyrene the side or on top of the bin as we will not be able to collect it. The bin lid needs to be Page 145 of 262 closed flat or it may not be able to be emptied.
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 5 20/09/2016 09:27 Got something BIG and BULKY to get rid of?
Each household in Hull can receive one free collection of up to five large items such as old furniture, large electrical goods or carpets per year.
To book a collection, just call 01482 300 300.
To check what we can and cannot collect, visit hullcc.gov.uk/bulkywastePage 146 of 262
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 6 20/09/2016 09:27 Frequently asked questions
Why can’t the Council remove the Why is the problem costing so Q wrong items from recycling? Q much money? When recycling is delivered to Recycling is a commodity and like A the sorting plant, the process of A any other commodity, its value is separating the materials is automated determined by its purity. With many due to the vast quantities involved. The wrong items going in the recycling bin, equipment used is capable of removing this is reducing the value of materials some items that shouldn’t be there, but that we would otherwise attain and costs not all. Plus, some of these items (such more to sort. as clothes and textiles) can clog and damage the equipment. Manually sorting Q Why can’t all packaging be made of What if I make a small mistake in recycling would take too long and cost too recyclable materials? Q the recycling – will my bin not be much money. A The government and the packaging collected? industry have made some excellent The odd errant item dropping into Why can’t I put my recyclable waste progress on this over the past ten years A Q the wrong bin is not the end of the in a carrier bag when other councils but their powers are limited as packaging world and it’s unlikely we’ll not empty allow it? comes from all across the world. your bin. Nor do we need every item of Also, almost everything is ‘technically’ A A recent study of waste from bags recycling spotlessly clean; a quick rinse within the blue bins showed that recyclable but what can be accepted for in the washing up water is fine. The most over 60% of them contained rubbish recycling at the kerbside is dependant important things to avoid are food waste, that wasn’t recyclable. So, to tackle this upon the arrangements made by each liquid waste, bags of mixed waste, textiles problem, we no longer accept bagged local authority. and nappies. waste, but we can recycle empty Why can’t the collection crews leave carrier bags. Q I don’t have enough room in the the wrong items and collect just the Q black bin, can I request another one? I don’t recycle food waste because of right stuff? Q the smells and flies it attracts. What If you recycle as much as you can Our crews don’t have the time to A can I do to prevent this? A correctly, you should have more than A sort through every bin before it gets sufficient space in the black rubbish bin for If you use the system correctly, neither emptied into the truck. They can only everything else. Any extra waste should of these things should be a problem. make a quick, visual check and if they spot be taken to one of Hull’s three household Please refer to the brown bin section for things arePage wrong, they147 have of 262to leave it waste recycling centres. Families of six or more information. un-emptied. more can apply for an extra black bin.
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 7 20/09/2016 09:27 Need help? Got a question? We’re here to help.
01482 300 300 [email protected] www.hullcc.gov.uk
The information in this document can be made available in other formats (large print, audio, computer disk and Braille as appropriate) and different languages. Please telephone 01482 300 300.
Page 148 of 262
113121-Hull Main Booklet_D9.indd 8 20/09/2016 09:27 Your Waste and Recycling Collection
Pin this calendar Calendar 2016-17 on a notice board or keep somewhere safe.
th th th th OCTOBER 2016 Tuesday 4 Tuesday 11 Tuesday 18 Tuesday 25 Get ready for winter! With leaves starting to fall, use your brown bin for garden waste and don’t forget to put your food waste in too!
NOVEMBER 2016 Tuesday 1st Tuesday 8th Tuesday 15th Tuesday 22nd Tuesday 29th Time to start thinking about Christmas. Early planning can help cut waste and save money. Visit www.hullcc.gov.uk/recycle for tips and advice on reducing Christmas food waste.
th th th th DECEMBER 2016 Tuesday 6 Tuesday 13 Tuesday 20 Wednesday 28 Don’t waste Christmas! Make sure you choose wrapping paper that you can recycle by avoiding foil based wrapping. And season’s greetings to you!
JANUARY 2017 Tuesday 3rd Tuesday 10th Tuesday 17th Tuesday 24th Tuesday 31st Happy New Year. Make it a New Year’s resolution to recycle more, starting with all that packaging from Christmas! And don’t forget, you can recycle your extra waste and real Christmas tree at any of Hull’s Household Waste and Recycling Centres.
th th st th FEBRUARY 2017 Tuesday 7 Tuesday 14 Tuesday 21 Tuesday 28 Spring cleaning? Don’t forget that each home in Hull is NO BAGGED entitled to one collection of up to five bulky items of waste WASTE each year. IN THE BLUE BIN!
Tuesday 7th Tuesday 14th Tuesday 21st Tuesday 28th MARCH 2017 Spring is on its way. Get your garden ready and make sure you use the brown bin for all your garden waste.
APRIL 2017 Tuesday 4th Tuesday 11th Tuesday 18th Tuesday 25th Easter is upon us. We all love an Easter egg or two but make sure you recycle the packaging correctly…use the blue bin (and if you didn’t eat all the egg, that goes in the brown bin or food bin).
MAY 2017 Tuesday 2nd Tuesday 9th Tuesday 16th Tuesday 23rd Tuesday 30th Summer’s nearly here. The weather’s getting warmer so don’t forget to give your glass bottles, jars and plastic food containers a good rinse before putting in the blue bin to help avoid them getting smelly.
Tuesday 6th Tuesday 13th Tuesday 20th Tuesday 27th JUNE 2017 Start of the salad season! Make sure all those peelings go NO FOOD in the kitchen caddy along with all your other food waste. WASTE IN THE BLUE BIN Tuesday 4th Tuesday 11th Tuesday 18th Tuesday 25th JULY 2017 Barbecue season! Don’t forget to recycle your food waste in the brown bin or the food waste bin.
st th th nd th AUGUST 2017 Tuesday 1 Tuesday 8 Tuesday 15 Tuesday 22 Tuesday 29 Lazy days on the beach and picnics in the park! Cut your waste and pack a lunch in reusable containers and don’t forget to take your recycling home with you.
SEPTEMBER 2017 Tuesday 5th Tuesday 12th Tuesday 19th Tuesday 26th Back to school. Don’t throw away those old school Page 149 of 262 uniforms, donate to local charity shops or ask if the school takes used uniforms.
* ALL CALENDARS.indb 3-4 19/09/2016 16:47
Page 150 of 262
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards : Holderness, Marfleet, Southcoates 30 November 2016 East, Southcoates West
Streetscene Service Highways Report
Briefing Paper of the City Streetscene Manager
1. Purpose of the Paper and Summary
1.1 This paper informs Members of the progress of highway related projects and schemes together with anticipated dates for completion and costs.
2. Background
2.1 The table attached to this paper provides an update on progress of highway projects and schemes. It forms part of a series summarising activities underway, usually issued on a quarterly basis.
3. Issues for Consideration
3.1 Progress and Exceptions – The programme for 2016/17 is progressing, but remains subject to budget availability, the footway maintenance works on Crayford Close are now complete. The footway slurry sealing programme is due to begin in February 2017. A number of sites within the Park Area have been identified for inclusion in the Micro Surfacing and Surface Dressing programmes. Members feedback is required to progress scheme 1010 Rutherglen Drive TRO.
4. Next steps
4.1 This paper provides the Area Committee with a report on progress of highway related projects and that reporting on such projects will continue on a quarterly basis.
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officer: Graham Hall Telephone No. : 01482 614874
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - None Author: Graham Hall Page 151 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 1 of 1
Page 152 of 262 Kingston upon Hull City Council Streetscene Services – Transport and Asset Management Quarterly Performance Report – November 2016
Park Area
Capital Programme Schemes Carriageways Scheme Ward Scheme Details Entered Target Date Estimated Value Current Position No. Programme 1058 Marfleet / Amethyst Road - Concrete Bay Apr-16 Mar-17 £50,000 Design stage proposed to start on site in late January / Longhill Repairs February 1058 Marfleet / Hopewell Road (Grange Road - Taylor Apr-16 Mar-17 £75,000 Design stage proposed to start on site in late January / Longhill Avenue) February 1058 Marfleet Staveley Road / Hopewell Road Apr-16 Mar-17 £40,000 Design stage proposed to start on site in late January / roundabout - Resurfacing February
Carriageways Micro Surfacing / Surface Dressing Scheme Ward Scheme Details Entered Target Date Estimated Value Current Position No. Programme 1107 Holderness Coleridge Street east side - Micro Nov-16 Oct-17 £2,000 Document preparation Surfacing 1107 Southcoates Willows Avenue - Micro Surfacing Nov-16 Oct-17 £3,500 Document preparation East 1107 Marfleet Southcoates Lane offshoot near Hull Nov-16 Oct-17 £5,500 Document preparation Prison - Micro Surfacing 1107 Southcoates New Bridge Road / Belmont Sreet Nov-16 Oct-17 £3,200 Document preparation contractor to decide on suitability West Raised Junction Table - Micro Surfacing 1108 Holderness Holderness Road, Eastbound Nov-16 Aug-17 £25,000 Document preparation (Laburnum Avenue to Ings Road) - Surface Dressing 1108 Southcoates Holderness Road, Westbound Nov-16 Aug-17 £19,000 Document preparation East & West (Maybury Road to Southcoates Lane) - Surface Dressing 1108 Holderness Ings Road (Savoy Road to Cavendish Nov-16 Aug-17 £21,000 Document preparation Road) - Surface Dressing
Footways Scheme Ward Scheme Details Entered Target Date Estimated Value Current Position No. Programme - Southcoates Southcoates Lane, west side Apr-16 Mar-17 £10,244 Due on site February 2017 West (Edgeware Avenue - Preston Road) 1088 Marfleet Crayford Close (Bamford Avenue - Apr-16 Mar-17 £22,428 Scheme Complete End) 1098 Marfleet Falkland Road, north side (Annandale Apr-16 Mar-17 £40,608 Due on site December 2016 Road - Astwood Avenue) 1099 Marfleet Hemswell Avenue, west side (House Apr-16 Mar-17 £14,652 Due on site December 2016 no's.125 - 193) 1099 Marfleet Hemswell Avenue, east side (House Apr-16 Mar-17 £9,792 Due on site December 2016 no.130 - Bothwell Grove) 1099 Marfleet Bakewell Close, north side (Ashwell Apr-16 Mar-17 £10,512 Due on site January 2017 Avenue - House no.18) 1100 Marfleet Annandale Road, west side (Wingfield Apr-16 Mar-17 £31,140 Due on site November / December 2016 Road - Stonebridge Avenue)
Footways Slurry Sealing Scheme Ward Scheme Details Entered Target Date Estimated Value Current Position No. Programme 1084 Holderness James Reckitt Avenue, north side May-16 Mar-17 £1,900 Due on site February 2017
1084 Holderness Gillshill Road May-16 Mar-17 £2,700 Due on site February 2017
Street Lighting Scheme Ward Scheme Details Entered Target Date Estimated Value Current Position No. Programme - Holderness Cavendish Road - Concrete Column Apr-16 Mar-17 £8,500 Works commencing on site Replacement - Holderness Chamberlain Road - Column Apr-16 Mar-17 £15,000 In KWL programme of works Replacement - Holderness James Reckitt Avenue - Concrete Apr-16 Mar-17 £45,000 Works commencing on site Column Replacement - Marfleet Marfleet Avenue - Concrete Column Apr-16 Mar-17 £10,000 On hold due to budget constraints Replacement - Marfleet Marfleet Lane - Concrete Column Apr-16 Mar-17 £60,000 On hold due to budget constraints Replacement - Marfleet Stonebridge Avenue - Concrete Apr-16 Mar-17 - On hold due to budget constraints Column Replacement
Page 153 of 262 Kingston upon Hull City Council Streetscene Services – Transport and Asset Management Quarterly Performance Report – November 2016
Park Area
Bridges and Structures Scheme Ward Scheme Details Entered Target Date Estimated Value Current Position No. Programme ------No Schemes
Integrated Transport Schemes Scheme Ward Scheme Details Consultation TRO Req. Entered Target for Estimate Current Position No. Required Programme completion of value scheme Date 736 Southcoates Kingsley Avenue & Stanhope Avenue - Yes Yes Jan-14 - - Trial strips to be East Parking Laybys excavated in footway to inform next step 880 Holderness / Sutton Road / West Carr Lane - No Yes Feb-15 May-16 Developer TRO sealed, Sutton Waiting Restrictions TRO Funded developer to liaise with contractor to install road markings 997 Holderness Gillshill Road - Speed Table Removal Yes No Jul-15 - £1,000 Report presented and Investigation deferred at the February 2016 Area Committee, under review pending further information and reporting on speed enforcement, parking enforcement and vibration 1010 Southcoates Rutherglen Drive - Traffic Regulation Yes Yes Dec-15 - £3,800 Awaiting confirmation East Order of proposals from members before proceeding 1022 Holderness Lambwath Road / Gillshill Road - Yes Yes Jan-16 Dec-16 £3,800 + TRO being Verge Parking TRO £6,484 implemented 1057 Southcoates Former David Lister School Site Yes Yes Jun-16 Mar-17 Developer TRO to be sealed to West Development - Waiting Restrictions Funded suit construction and 20mph TRO's timescale 1073 Marfleet Hull Interchange to Kings George No No Jan-16 Mar-17 - To be detail designed, Dock - Cycle Route signing schedule to be created 1087 Southcoates Portobello Street Housing Yes Yes Sep-16 Mar-17 Developer TRO to be drafted East Development - TRO Funded 1089 Marfleet Marfleet Lane / Ceylon Street - Yes Yes Sep-16 Mar-17 £5,000 TRO drafted Prohibition of Right Turn TRO
Area Schemes Scheme Ward Scheme Details Consultation TRO Req. Entered Target for Estimate Current Position No. Required Programme completion of value scheme Date ------No Schemes
Third Party Schemes Scheme Ward Scheme Details Consultation TRO Req. Entered Estimate value Current Position No. Required Programme - Southcoates Southcoates Lane - Keepmoat Yes Yes - - Footway reinstatement, TRO to be West Development developed - Southcoates Bilton Grove / Portobello Street - Yes Yes - - New accesses from Marfleet Lane East Keepmoat Residential Development and Portobello Street - Southcoates Maybury Road - Strata Residential Yes Yes - - Bus stop to be relocated, TRO to be East Development developed - Southcoates Rosmead Street - Residential Yes Yes - - New access to be created from West development Rustenburg Street, turning heads to be installed on Middleburg St and Rensburg St, TRO to be developed
Potential Schemes Being Investigated Prior to Entering the Capital Programme Carriageways Scheme Ward Scheme Details Estimated Current Position No. Value - Southcoates Holderness Road, westbound, inside £100,000 Under investigation East/West lane (Kingsley Avenue - Faraday St) - Holderness James Reckitt Avenue / Gillhill Road £35,000 Under investigation Mini Roundabout
Footways Scheme Ward Scheme Details Estimated Current Position No. ValuePage 154 of 262 - Southcoates Edgeware Avenue - Footpath £10,500 Under investigation West Reconstruction Kingston upon Hull City Council Streetscene Services – Transport and Asset Management Quarterly Performance Report – November 2016
Park Area
- Southcoates Southcoates Lane, east side (Fire £32,000 Under investigation East Station House to Westerdale Grove)
Street Lighting Scheme Ward Scheme Details Estimated Current Position No. Value - - - - No Schemes
Integrated Transport Schemes Scheme Ward Scheme Details Estimated Current Position No. Value -- - - No Schemes
Area Schemes Scheme Ward Scheme Details Consultation TRO Estimated Value Current Position No. Required Required - Southcoates Maybury Road - Flashing Signs No No - Estimate provided, awaiting member decision East outside Maybury Primary School - Marfleet Church Lane - Installation of No No - Estimate provided, awaiting member decision Grasscrete
21st November 2016
Page 155 of 262
Page 156 of 262
Report to the Park Area Committee
30 November 2016 Wards: Holderness
Removal of speed table on Gillshill Road adjacent to Lancaster Drive
Report of the City Streetscene Manager
This item is not exempt Therefore exempt reasons are not app licable This is a Non-Key Decision
1. Purpose of the Report and Summary
1.1 To determine whether the speed tables at Gillshill Road adjacent to Lancaster Drive and Gillshill Road and Burlington Road shou ld be removed following requests by residents that these are causing vibration, requiring alterations to the existing 20mph zon e and other mea sures. In September cabinet approved a policy for dealing with vibration issues in the carriageway.
2. Recommend ations
2.1 Options 2 and 4 – The removal of the two speed tables on Gillshill Road adjacent to Lancaster Drive and Burlington Road, and upgrading the two existing solar powered single legend vehicle activated signs (SLVAS) to mains fed du al legend vehicle activated signs (DLVAS).
3. Reasons for Recommend ation s
3.1 The removal of the speed tables should eliminate vibration issues being experienced by residents near two speed tables along Gillshill Road either side of Ullswater Drive.
3.2 The removal of the tables alters the spacing between traffic calming features to in excess of 100m. The retention of a 20mph limit is considered necessary to protect pedestrians, particularly children on route to and from Cavendish and Gillshill primary schoo ls, and to raise driver awareness by reinforcing the 20mph speed. This will be achieved by upgrading signs to DLVAS signs reading ‘School Slow’ during school times and ‘20 Slow Down’ at all other times at ea ch approach of the 20mph limit.
Aut hor: Page 157 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 1 of 14 4. Impact on other Executive Committees (including Area Committees)
4.1 There is no impact on other Executive Committees.
5. Background
5.1 In 2014 several residents of Gillshill Road either separately or via their local ward councillors raised new concerns about noise and vibration caused by drivers of vehicles traversing the speed tables causing distress and damaging their property and requested their removal. It is understood that these issues have arisen over the past ten years and been on-going since the introduction of the traffic calming in 2005 with residents of 114 and 125 Gillshill Road regularly complaining about vibration at their property caused by vehicles being driven over the nearby speed tables adjacent to Lancaster Drive and Burlington Road; the resident at 125 requesting that both speed tables either side of Ullswater Drive be removed and replaced with a priority working traffic flow system.
5.2 Add itional comments by residents are that:
The speed tables are ineffectual at controlling speeds with drivers continuing to ignore the speed limit contributing to the noise and vibration add ing to the argument for removal. As Cavendish Road has no such features and serves the primary school, there is no ration ale for traffic calming features.
5.3 These concerns led Holderness ward members to identify the removal of the features as top priority of its ward highway related schemes. Finances have been allocated from their ward budget for this pu rpose.
5.4 The speed tables were introduced in March 2005 as a local safety scheme to resolve personal injury collision s associated with travel to schoo l in accordance with the traffic calming regulations prevailing at the time. The scheme included a 20mph speed zone to encourage lower vehicle speeds and improve road safety between Guildford Avenue and 20m south of Sutton Road. In addition, two VAS’s were introduced to further reduce speeds.
5.5 Gillshill Road is a 7.3m single carriageway road with 2.2m footways on each side with rest ricted parking along lengths of both sides between Monday and Friday 08:00 to 09:00hrs and 15:00 to 18:00 hrs and non- rest ricted parking within the 20mph zone. Bus routes, service numbers 12 and 50 operate along its length between 06:30 and 23:56hrs at an average frequency of one bus every nine minutes and the road serves the side entrance to Cavendish and Gillshill primary schools. A schoo l crossing patrol operates near to this entrance. The road is well used during schoo l start and finish times and as an alternative route to
Aut hor: Page 158 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 2 of 14 Stoneferry, Sutton Fields and the City Centre. Although the road has a tarmac surface, it is of concrete bay construction. The speed tables are in good cond ition.
5.5 Local Safety Schemes (LSS) were initiatives from the mid 1990’s to address road safety and, in particular to target traffic collision s involving child casualties to and from schoo l and supported by central Government in the form of a grant fund ing via the Department for Transport. These schemes were implemented under statutory ob ligations under sec tion 39 of the Road Traffic Act 1988 to prepare and carry out a programme of measures designed to promote road safety and under policies contained in the three edition s of the Council’s Local Transport Plan (LTP). In Hull, many residential roads were treated under LSS and proved very successful, lea ding to a 26% reduction in the number of all injury accidents and a fall of 40% in those killed or seriously injured (KSI’s) between the period s 1994 to 1998 and 2004. The road traffic casualt y data is summarised in table 1 below. The LSS were succeeded by the Safer Roads to School initiative and this approach led to non vertical measures on Cavendish Road being included under the bu ild for schools initiative at Malet Lambert School; vertical traffic calming being un suitable for a route functioning as a strategic route and ring road. Where schools arise the scheme is examined on its own merit.
Core Indicator 1994 -1998 2004 Change 2013 Change Average 3 year average
Total Casualties 1,429 1,061 -26% 1,028 -28%
Kill ed or Seriously 207 125 -40% 122 -41% Injured
Slight Casualties 1,222 936 -23% 906 -26%
Table 1: Road traffic casualty data 1994 to 2013.
5.6 Along Gillshill Road there were seven recorded collision s resulting in personal injury in the three years prior to the speed table being introduced in 2005. In the ten years since the introduction of the scheme, there have been 10 such recorded collision s; an average of one per yea r less than before installation. The road safety record over the past five years is better. There have been a total of two traffic accidents within the length of the current 20mph zone under review. Both accidents were attributed to poor observation by those involved. None were related to excessive spee ds.
Aut hor: Page 159 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 3 of 14
5.7 In 2014, an Area fund ed investigation into traffic volumes and speeds was commissioned due to concerns relating to excessive speed of vehicles adjacent to the school’s entrance. The survey data indicated that the existing traffic calming measures were effectively reducing average vehicle speeds to 22mph within the 20mph zone. The findings of the traffic speed/volume survey, conducted in December 2014, are summari sed in table 2 below. A further traffic speed/volume survey has been commissioned by Councillor Dad for variou s sites, one of which is Gillshill Road. The apparatus is to be situated between Guildford Avenue and Cayton Road with the 7 day survey commencing 22nd February 2016.
Average daily traffic flow (24hrs) 6,396
Flows between 568 08:00 and 09:00hrs
Flows between 629 17:00 and 18:00hrs
Average traffic speed 22mph
Table 2: Findings of traffic speed/volume survey in December 2014.
5.8 An engineer from Streetscene (Development and Design) visited the resident of 125 Gillshill Road to assess the level of vibration at the property on 1 October 2015. A high number of drivers were witnessed failing to reduce speed when reaching the speed tables. The resident explained that the vibrations coincided with vehicles driving over the ramped section of the speed table.
5.9 In April 2007 the Council introduced a new method of dea ling with vibration complaints (Decision record no. CHWB/ 2006/SS/DR057) which standardised the approach across the city by investigating and repairing if defects were found, and / or to review the overall traffic calming scheme only if the scheme is not successful and speeds are not reduced with a view to amend or review. This method was superseded by the decision by Cabinet in September 2016 to adopt a policy for dealing with vibration issues in the carriageway. A copy of the report and policy document is appended to this report.
Aut hor: Page 160 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 4 of 14
6 Issues for Consideration
Speed: 6.1 High speed of traffic is not borne out by the speed survey und ertaken in 2014 which recorded an average of 22mph, indicating that the
scheme is successful. Removal of the speed tables is likely to increase vehicular speed and with it the casualty risk and any resulting severity. This would be highly undesirable particularly taking into
account the presence of the Cavendish and Gillshill Schoo l entrance and crossing patrol situated to the northern end of the Burlington Road
speed table.
Traffic movements :
6.2 Gillshill Road carries 6,400 vehicles daily with just under 20% of this flow occurring in the morning and evening peak periods and strongly
associated with journeys to work and school.
Noise and Vibration:
6.3 The level of noise and vibration caused by traffic calming measures is related to the:
Ground conditions Height and spacing of the traffic calming mea sures
Profile / gradient of the approach ramps Number and types of vehicle
Speed of vehicles traversing the feature.
6.4 Traffic calming fea tures are regulated and prescribed in terms of ground conditions, acceptability for operations of buses and emergency services and to minimise impact on nearby residents. National studies undertaken in the 1990’s suggested that the level of noise and vibration is roughly proportional to the ratio of height to length of the feature, decreases the smoother the feature and tends to be maximum at a specific vehicle speed. Structural damage to property from vibration arising from traffic calming features was unp roven; although it did suggest distances for when complaints arise from perception of air borne vibration vary by the forms of traffic calming against types of ground conditions which found soft alluvial or clay soils which are typical of those found in Hull. Vibrations from no rmal traffic conditions are not strong enough to cause damage to structures.
Aut hor: Page 161 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 5 of 14
6.5 Noise and vibrations are more significant when larger vehicles moun t speed tables at higher speeds than the designated 20mph speed limit
and cause the distinctive thud as traffic passes over tables and magnify the probability of adverse comment as in this instance. This research formed the basis for subsequent national guidance published
by the DfT in Traffic Advisory Lea flets 08/96, updated in 10/00 and formed the source for the introduction of traffic calming across the City
and is still referenced in Local Transport Note 1/07 on traffic calming.
6.6 Follow-up studies in Hull in 2006/7 on problem sites in the city confirmed ground borne vibration to be a long standing issue, but did
not find evidence that this produces even cosmetic damage, such as small cracks in plaster; although ornaments and pictures are known to move. One site included cores outside of No.69 Gillshill Road with the
vibration arising associated with a trench reinstatement. Details are awaited on any other sites surveyed along Gillshill Road. Other
reasons were put forward as explanations, including that arising from settlement of soft alluvial or other poor quality soils especially under older properties, as well as thermal or shrinkag e cracking. Structural
and other surveys would be required to verify.
6.7 Alternative measures:
The removal of the speed table would require the change of the local 20mph speed zone to a 20mph speed limit as this will be difficult to enforce without these physical measures. Alternative methods include:
i. Alterations to the speed table - Raising the height of the speed table would encourage lower vehicle speeds, but equally it wou ld create more of a “thump” between the vehicle tyre and the feature. Similarly, lowering the height of the speed table wou ld result in less of an impact, but lead to an increase in vehicle speeds over the feature. In both instances, it is considered that the overall level of noise and vibration would not change significantly. Lengthening the ramps to the speed table by 1.5m will allow a smoother ride for vehicles.
ii. Other forms of traffic calming – Placing features such as traffic throttles, chicanes, kerb bu ild-outs and other ho rizon tal deflection techniques are not as effective in reducing vehicle speeds as either the existing speed tables or a set of speed cushions. Indeed, these forms of traffic calming can result in an increase in speed, as opposing motorists race for the gap. For this reason, these features are usually only provided as part of a package of measures, along with road humps or speed cushions, which then work together to regulate traffic speeds.
Aut hor: Page 162 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 6 of 14
Traffic throttles, chicanes and kerb bu ild outs would all require the removal of some on-street parking and would be difficult to site due to the number and position of vehicle crossovers to private driveways. There are also bus stops to consider which wou ld need to be relocated in order that these forms of traffic calming can be provided at this location. There would be reluctance to consider moving either of the existing bus stops as they are currently well placed for pedestrian access and are relatively evenly spaced along the road. It is also noted that local residents are not usually in favou r of having a bus stop located outside their property and for this reason it is notoriously difficult to find an alternative location that meets with local support.
Priority working, giving one approach priority over the other, wou ld not be acceptable on this route. This is due to the daily traffic flow being in excess of twice the maximum limit for such a system as stated in the Department for Transport Local Transpo rt Note 1/07.
iii. Road narrowings and gateways using signs and markings - Signs and carriageway markings are used as speed restraint measures and work by reducing the optical width of the road. They tend to work better on roads that are not used by regular motorists or in combination with other physical measures, such as traffic islands. At this location it is likely that the vast majority of drivers are likely to be frequent users so it is un likely that road narrowings or gateways created by signs and markings alone will have a significant impact on driver behaviour, particularly speed. If used in combination with other physical restraint measures these would probably have some marginal impact.
iv. Installing traffic islands - The introduction of any traffic island s would require the removal of on-street parking alongside the island and for some 10 metres to either side to allow buses and heavy goods vehicles to pass. This would, therefore, result in the removal of approximately 15 metres of parking, on both sides of the road, which is generally found to be most unpopu lar with local residents. This said, traffic islands would also be difficult to site due to the number and position of vehicle crossovers to private driveways and the location of any existing bus stop s.
v. Add itional lines and warning signs - Advanced high visibility warning signs and carriageway markings appear to have little effect on driver behaviour and consequently, noise and vibration it is considered that any further signage or carriageway markings would provide no improvement in terms of the problem.
vi. Speed cameras - The app roval for locating safety cameras falls to the Safer Roads Humber Partnership (SRHP) and the main
Aut hor: Page 163 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 7 of 14 criteria for speed cameras is based on the number of killed and seriously injured (KSI) casualties. The absence of such KSI’s prevents this measure being taken forward.
The Council are in the process of commissioning a speed management system that can be moved around the city that would provide empirical data that could be used for SRHP. It is anticipated that this system will be rolled out in August 2016. Furthermore, 12 Driver Feedback Signs (DFS) with capability to illustrate driver speeds and record number of vehicles per hour, top speeds and time have been proposed for the new financial yea r.
vii. Vehicle activated signs - The Council has been active in looking at alternative methods of speed management and embrace technological advances. There are two existing VAS in Gillshill Road located outside of No’s 114 and 155 Gillshill Road. These are solar powered SLVAS and have not consistently worked, particularly during prolonged period s of cloudy weather as the solar cells do not have enough time to recharge the batteries. Officers are of the view that no further signs are required, but that there shou ld be an upgrade.
Advice from the manufacturers of the equipment and previous studies carried out at some of the City sites suggests spee ds tend to reduce in the first few weeks that this equipment is installed before slowly starting to creep up again as drivers start to become more aware. Manufacturers of the equipment sugg est that the equipment should be moved or messages altered every few weeks in order to retain impact. The upgrade of the two existing solar SLVAS to new mains powered DLVAS reading ‘School Slow’ during school times and ‘20 Slow Down’ at all other times may be considered. These would increase the awareness of drivers for the need to reduce speed in the area and highlight the proximity of the schoo l entrance.
viii. Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) camera - An ANPR camera would identify the registration plates of vehicles travelling above a prescribed speed limit and display the speed limit for the road together with the vehicle’s registration number on a sign located. This would be expected to encourage slower speeds along Gillshill Road.
6.8 From investigations of alternative traffic calming measures it is clear that due to the characteristics of Gillshill Road, speed tables are the only suitable option when compared with priority working and speed cushions. There is no safety or speed evidence for their removal and would be highly undesirable as it would increase vehicle speeds on Gillshill Road close to a pedestrian entrance to the primary schoo ls.
Aut hor: Page 164 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 8 of 14 The severity of the ramps at the approaches could be reduced to create a smoother ride for vehicles effectively decreasing vibration and addressing the concerns raised by residents. This would be a more cost effective option than complete removal.
Legalities and Regulation s 6.9 The Council has specific statutory powers under Section 90A of the
Highways Act 1980 (as amended) (‘the 1980 Act’) allowing it to remove speed tables. The 1980 Act is subject to the Highways (Road Humps)
Regulations 1999 (which encompasses speed tables as well as road humps). Under the aforementioned Regulations a consultation process for the removal of speed tables is not required although it may be
considered good pract ice. It is anticipated that the bus companies will want to assess the impact on services and residents will need to have the opportunity to comment on any revisions to the existing measures.
Value for Money
6.10 It should be noted that the existing speed tables were implemented at considerable cost, as part of a LSS 20mph limit. To implement such a scheme using current rates would cost approximately £64,000. Therefore, much consideration of costs and risks is needed before any option is taken forward involving their removal.
Aut hor: Page 165 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 9 of 14 7 Options
7.1 Option 1 – Do no thing, this is the cheapest option, however, it will no t resolve any of the problems associated with the requests and ward priorities.
7.2 Option 2 – Remove the speed table adjacent to Lancaster Drive and return the carriageway to original levels. The cost of such works would be approximately £19,000. However, it shou ld be noted that there are two speed tables with identified vibrations and that both will require removal for this option to fully address the issue, increa sing the cost to £38,000. Removal of these traffic calming measures will result in vehicle speeds increasing within the area of the schoo l entrance and there is not a viable alternative suitable for implementation.
7.3 Option 3 – Ramps to the speed table lengthened by 1.5m to allow a smoother ride for vehicles and be treated with red anti-skid surfacing to raise visibility at an approximate cost of £8,000. This option may be sufficient to address the vibration issues. However, a more complete solution would involve improving the existing unreliable SLVAS.
7.4 Option 4 – Upgrade of two existing solar powered SLVAS to mains fed DLVAS at an approximate cost of £14,000. Although this option would raise driver awareness of the need to reduce speed it wou ld probably not sufficiently address the vibration issues without add itional mea sures.
7.5 Option 5 – Ramps to the speed table lengthened by 1.5m to allow a smoother ride for vehicles and be treated with red anti-skid surfacing to raise visibility. Plus upgrade of two existing solar powered SLVAS to mains fed DLVAS at a total cost of £21,500.
Aut hor: Page 166 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 10 of 14 8 Risk Assessment
8.1 Financial – The DfT could ask for the fund ing allocation to be returned, however, due to the time that has elapsed since implementation it is un likely this will occur, therefore this risk impact is low. Furthermore, there are no financial savings or efficiencies from this propo sal removing speed tables at a cost of £38,000 against an original cost of £68,000 at today’s prices, resulting in a high risk impact on budgets and representing poorer value for money when potential child casualties’ claim is considered and offset against those po tentially resulting from property damage.
8.2 Liabilities – In 2014, the DfT has estimated that the average cost to society of a personal injury collision for all severities is £54,849. There is a risk that such costs could arise if the proposed removal is agreed and implemented. Should this involve a child and a claim be made and this is found against the City Council liabilities will occur until age 21 yea rs. This is considered a medium risk. Accepting liability for property damage caused by vibration from traffic calming has far reaching impacts across the city and considered high risk.
8.3 Impact of decision - The total cost of removing the speed table, upgrading VAS, £52,000, which includes the design, implementation and legal costs. This can be fund ed from ward budgets. The removal of these features has a wider bearing on policy on road safety, traffic calming and vibration impacts across the city setting precedents and acceptance of liabilities and is considered to have a high risk probability and impact.
9 Consultation
8.1 An engineer from Streetscene (Development and Design) visited the resident of 125 Gillshill Road to assess the level of vibration at the property 1 October 2015 and discussions have been held with ward members. To remove features and revise a TRO will require consultation would be required with the bus operators and local resid ents.
Aut hor: Page 167 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 11 of 14 10 Comments of the Town Clerk (Monitoring Officer)
9.1 The report provides a thorough analysis of the issues giving concern to residents of Gillshill Road and the recommend ed option is supported. Where statutory speed limits have been reduced to 30mph or less, the Council may provide on the highway road humps or other traffic calming works under Ss 90A-H of the Highways Act 1980. The recommendation if supported would involve modification s of works alrea dy in place by virtue of these sections of the Act.
11 Comments of the Section 151 Officer
10.1 Given the assurance in the report that fund ing exists to support the proposed expenditure it is a matter for members’ judgement over whether to approve the recommendation that has been made.
12 Comments of HR City Manager and compliance with the Equ ality Duty
11.1 There are no staffing or wider human resources implications identified in the repo rt.
12 Comments of Overview and Scrutiny
12.1 This report has not been subject to pre-decision scrutiny. (Ref. Sc4588).
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officer: Graham Hall Telephone No.: 614874
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - Drawing No. TDT/997 /1
Aut hor: Page 168 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 12 of 14 Im plications Matri x
This section must be completed and you must ensure that you have fully considered all potential implications
This matrix provides a simple check list for the things you need to have con sidered within your repo rt
If there are no implications please state
I ha ve informed and sought ad vice from HR, Yes Legal, Finance, Overview and Scrutiny and the Climate Change Advisor and any other key stakeholders i.e. Portfolio Holder, relevant Ward Members etc prior to submitting this report for official comments I ha ve consid ered whe the r this repo rt Yes requests a decision that is outside the Budget and Policy Framework approved by Coun cil Va lue for mo ney con side rati ons have been Yes accounted for within the report
The re port is app ro ved by th e rel evan t City Yes Manager I ha ve inclu ded an y procurement/c ommerc ial Yes issues/implications within the report
I ha ve consid ered the po tenti al media in tere st Yes in this report and liaised with the Media Team to ensure that they are briefed to respond to media interest . I ha ve inclu ded an y equaliti es and divers ity Yes implications within the report and where necessary I have completed an Equalities Impact Assessment and the outcomes are included within the report Any Hea lth and Safety implicati ons are Yes included within the report Any hu man ri ghts implicati ons are incl uded Yes within the report I ha ve inclu ded an y commun ity safety Yes implications and paid regard to Section 17 of the Crime and Disorder Act within the report I ha ve liais ed with the Clima te Change No Advisor and any environ mental and climate change issues/sustainability implications are
Aut hor: Page 169 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 13 of 14 incl ude d wit hin the report
I ha ve inclu ded informati on ab out how this No report contributes to the City Plan/ Area priorities within the report
Author: Page 170 of 262 Sta tus: Date: 21/06/2016 Page 14 of 14
Report to the Energy and Infrastructure Overview and Scrutiny Commission Cabinet 14 September 2016 Wards : All 26 September 2016
Policy For Dealing With Vibration Related Issues Within The Carriageway
Report of the City Streetscene Manager
This item is not exempt Therefore exempt reasons are not applicable
This is a Key Decision
The matter is in the Forward Plan Forward Plan reference: 0049/16
1. Purpose of the Report and Summary
1.1 To establish a policy to deal more effectively with local complaints / concerns regarding vibration issues associated with the highway and traffic.
1.2 This report describes sources of traffic-induced vibration, identifies possible causes that may result in vibration concerns, and outlines procedures for estimating vibration levels caused by highway traffic. Additionally, it sets out a new policy, and updates guidelines and criteria for the assessment of vibration impacts and provides recommendations for the processing of concerns and mitigation of traffic-induced vibration.
2. Recommendations
2.1 That Option 2, policy on vibration be adopted and revised complaints process be approved.
Author: Page 171 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 1 of 17 2.2 That the procedures set out in Appendix A are followed for repairs to vibration caused by traffic calming, maintenance defects or utility services’ works.
3. Reasons for Recommendations
3.1 To provide a policy for dealing with and a consistent approach to traffic and road induced vibration for the Authority enabling greater efficiencies and more effective methods of dealing with complaints and concerns raised by Ward Councillors, residents and other parties. A formal procedure will reduce costs and time spent on investigating and in finding a more suitable approach for a possible resolution. This will help in avoiding the wrong maintenance solutions being selected and allowing a more effective and consistent use of the limited resources allocated to highway maintenance.
4. Impact on other Executive Committees (including Area Committees)
4.1 Traffic and road vibration complaints are a city wide problem. These have programming and budget implications for highway maintenance unless a more consistent approach is adopted and could potential lead to inadequate repairs and other maintenance projects being cancelled or deferred.
5. Background
5.1 Vibration is a movement associated with a wave motion characterised by amplitude (maximum displacement), velocity (the speed of the movement), or acceleration (the rate at which the speed changes) with the measure of velocity used as the measurement criterion known as peak particle velocity (PPV) in the vertical direction recorded in millimetres per second. There are two ways in which road traffic can induce vibration in nearby buildings:
• Ground-borne vibration caused by the contact of tyres on the road surface as well as by random or specific unevenness in the road surface; a road being never completely smooth or has defects (potholes, cracking or raised/sunken ironworks), and features, such as vertical traffic calming, that increase the force of the tyre on the surface. The resultant forces are further raised by the mass of a vehicle unsuspended made up of tyres, wheels and axles and the number of larger vehicles in the vehicle flow. It is amplified or absorbed by the structure of the road below the surface ground and the soil conditions. Dry sand and gravel soils have the highest capability to absorb vibration, while soft clays or peat have the lowest. These forces spread to impact on footings and foundations of buildings below ground which in turn can cause vibration in other building components below or above ground. The effects reduce the
Author: Page 172 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 2 of 17 further the source is from the receiving point, but increase with height in one or two storey buildings. It can be controlled by maintenance of smooth road surfaces and the integrity of the road where it is readily able to be detected.
• Air-borne vibration caused by variation in sound pressures, usually at low frequency that can impact on building components above ground. This can be compounded by the tyre type and speed of travel, sound produced by engines and exhaust systems from larger vehicles, and repetition (resonance). Noticeable on the lighter or looser elements of a building, such as the rattling of windows, movement in window panes and door panels. These sounds can be amplified further in combination with the existing sound pressures in a property and reflection of the walls causing stacked crockery or ornaments on a shelf to rattle. It can be controlled by tightening of loose elements of a building or a room, and making the interior of rooms more sound absorbing.
5.2 These two types of vibrations can be caused by the passage of the same vehicle at the same time and can interact. Thus, many factors influence vibration between its source, transmission and the eventual receiver (property and individual) as Table 1 below summarises.
Source Transmission Path Receiver Property / Individual Surface condition Distance Building parameters Vehicle parameters Road structure Building location (type, size, mass) Vehicle speed Soil conditions Individual sensitivities
Landscape Table 1 Factors influencing road traffic vibration
5.3 This work and subsequent research is recognised, nationally, in the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges which explains that perceptible ground-borne vibration associated with the operation of a road can occur if heavy vehicles pass over irregularities in the road surface and that higher risks of ground-borne vibration could occur on heavily trafficked roads with poor surfaces and sub-grade (foundation) conditions. Additionally, for guidance on traffic calming published by the Department for Transport in Traffic Advisory Leaflets 08/96, updated in 10/00 and formed the source for the introduction of traffic calming across the City and is still referenced in Local Transport Note 1/07 on traffic calming in guidance covering traffic calming.
Author: Page 173 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 3 of 17 5.4 Human perception occurs at levels of below 5mm/s PPV with architectural damage risk arising at and above 5mm/s PPV from continuous exposure; although more pronounced when very frequent or at night time when ambient noise levels are lower involving larger vehicles as Table 2 shows:
PPV Human Reaction Effect on Buildings (mm/s) 0 – 0.15 Imperceptible Unlikely to cause damage of any type 0.15 – 0.3 Threshold of perception Unlikely to cause damage of any type 2.0 Vibrations perceptible Recommended upper level to which ruins and ancient monuments should be subjected 2.5 Continuous exposure to Virtually no risk of “architectural” vibrations begins to damage to annoy normal buildings
5 Vibrations annoying to Threshold for risk of people in “architectural” damage in buildings houses with plastered walls and ceilings 10 - 15 Continuous vibrations Would cause “architectural” and . unpleasant and possibly minor structural unacceptable damage Table 2 Effects of Vibration on People and Buildings according to Transport Road Research Laboratory following studies in the 1980’s
5.5 In April 2007, following extensive research, the Council introduced a new method of dealing with vibration complaints (Decision record no. CHWB/2006/SS/DR057) which standardised the approach across the city by investigating and repairing if defects were found, and / or to review the overall traffic calming scheme only if the scheme is not successful and speeds are not reduced with a view to amend or review. With the growth in traffic volume and a higher population density in the City since this time, it is considered opportune to review the approach. Additionally, over the past few years the number of complaints regarding vibration to properties has steadily increased with the Council now receiving in the region of 20-25 complaints / concerns each year. These complaints / concerns result, generally, from one of the following:
• poor road condition in particular reflective cracking • poor trench reinstatements by 3rd parties • the installation of traffic calming with view to remove.
Furthermore, there is a known interaction between the way people perceive road traffic noise and road traffic related vibration; as noise complaints increase so do complaints about vibration.
Author: Page 174 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 4 of 17 5.6 The condition of the road surface is the decisive contributor to ground- borne vibration and one the Authority can most control . Research from the 1980’s and 1990’s suggests that most general traffic exposure vibrations on smoother surfaces are not uncomfortable for people, and the passing of heavy vehicles on a road with an uneven surface is often pointed out as the main vibratory nuisance felt. Specific road defects closest to the receiver, such as cracks across a road (transverse) exceeding 4 mm and potholes or bumps of more than 25 mm in depth and about 150 mm long overshadow the effect of unevenness with other evidence suggesting that it is most noticeable when buses and other larger vehicles travel at speeds greater than 30 miles per hour when the exterior wall is less than 10m from the road edge. Transverse cracks are some of the most significant causes of vibration being, typically, perpendicular to the direction of travel and affect all wheels of the axle simultaneously. Stepped transverse cracks can also cause loud bangs when empty vehicles cause bounce contributing further to highway traffic noise and the perception of vibration.
5.7 In 2002 Hull City Council commissioned North Lincolnshire Council’s materials team to investigate traffic induced vibration problems in Hull at 35 locations where the road construction was made up of concrete bays. These studies concluded that the traffic loading and frequency of vibration would be unlikely to result in even minor cosmetic damage. The examples shown in Table 3 are taken from two further reports that were carried out in 2006 on 10 sites with the conclusion that, traffic caused vibrations in all the monitored houses at a level likely to cause complaint but that property damage is most unlikely at the levels of vibration measured and that these would have to be 10 to 100 times stronger to cause structural damage. The reports went on to state that it is not practical to intercept vibration and maintaining the structural integrity of the road with as smooth a road surface as possible is the only solution. This does not mean that vibration is not a problem since it does cause annoyance and possible nuisance for residents.
PPV (mm/s) Site Location Human Reaction / site Effect on Building measurements 0.25 – 0.82 Holderness Rd Perceptible
0.4 – 3.2 Southcoates Lane Perceptible - Disturbing
0.25 – 1.2 Marfleet Lane Perceptible – Lower end of disturbing 0.25 – 0.7 Summergangs Road Perceptible
Table 3 Specimen Vibration Readings taken from Reports in 2006 Summarising Affects of Vibration on People and Buildings
Author: Page 175 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 5 of 17 5.8 Whilst defects are a strong source of complaint, the soil conditions and the form of the road structure are significant part of vibration in Hull. The City is built close to sea level with soils consisting of a 1-2m thick desiccated layer of stiff clay overlying very soft alluvial clay with layers of peat extending to a depth of between 6 and 10m. The desiccated surface crust of these alluvial deposits is sufficiently strong to carry distributed loading but at depth, however the deposits remain very weak and compressible with moisture content close to the liquid limit. Soil layering and the presence of the water table have unpredictable effects on the vibration levels since each stratum can have significantly different dynamic characteristics, with vibration levels generally higher in stiff clay soils than in loose sandy soils.
5.9 Ground borne vibrations propagate at low frequencies and with long wavelengths through soft alluvial clays. The worst conditions arise when the alluvial layer is about a wavelength in depth which is the situation in Hull. The pathway, particularly in alluvial soil with some crustal development, is the wetter, weaker material at the water table. Sound travels through soils as it does through any other medium, but because of the mass of the soil all but the lowest frequencies are absorbed naturally. The human body feels rather than hears these very low frequency vibrations and this can give rise to some confusion and misunderstanding when the effects are reported. The position of the body e.g. sitting or standing can influence the way the sound or vibration is perceived too. Weather conditions influence too.
5.10 Again, past investigations in the City have revealed that the type of soil in the Hull area is unlikely to transmit this damaging type of vibration, but they may be perceptible by the occupants. BRE Digest 403 (1995) Damage to structures from ground-borne vibration gives guidance on vibration levels and measurement; it states ‘Although vibrations induced in buildings by ground borne excitation are often noticeable, there is little evidence that they produce even cosmetic damage’. Inside some properties the movements of ornaments and /or pictures may be experienced, however this type of “movement” does not cause structural damage. In some properties there may be some minor cosmetic cracking of plaster finishes, but this does not indicate a serious structural problem.
5.11 The underlying conditions result in the majority of roads in the City containing concrete as a base for road construction or in entirety. On the classified road network, these are of a composite construction with a 300mm concrete base and a 100mm flexible overlay. In these situations the ‘day joints’ in the concrete base often reflect through into the flexible surfacing. The unclassified distributor roads which are often high frequency bus routes are constructed in 6 -10m long rigid concrete bays.
Author: Page 176 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 6 of 17 5.12 The quality of the concrete forming the road is reported to vary considerably in these roads. Both reinforced and un-reinforced concrete construction has been used and in some cases the concrete forming the lower layers of the slabs is understood to be of weak and poor quality. Many of the concrete slabs have been resurfaced or surface dressed. Where this has been done it is common to see the transverse joints in the slabs reflecting through to the surface forming angled reflective cracks across the carriageway.
5.13 Further the sub base foundations are not constructed to the depth or with materials specified in the latest road construction standards, which state that under concrete pavements a bound (wet lean concrete) sub base should be placed as opposed to an unbound (type 1) material. This has the resulting effect of differential settlement causing both a level difference and the widening of joints between the bays. Where this occurs significant energy from traffic movements can be transferred to the subsoil beneath the slab which results in a vibration as vehicles pass over the bays.
5.14 In a number of locations the concrete slabs have been cut by trench reinstatements usually by utility services, such as Northern Gas Networks, Northern Powergrid, Yorkshire Water, Kingston Communications etc. It is not uncommon for these reinstatements to fail due to a collection of reasons. The new trench is rarely connected into the existing concrete base with dowels, flexible materials are used which cannot be compacted adequately due to the narrow width, the trench is cut at an angle to the existing bay resulting in small unsupported independent concrete section or in some cases loose stone is used as a backfill material up to 100mm from the road surface being of incorrect material and poorly compacted leaving voids. All these construction faults result in the trench soon sinking, so ending up at a different level to the surrounding road surface. This level difference can cause vibration which can be felt by some nearby properties, particularly when larger vehicles pass over the affected area, such as lorries or buses.
5.15 The City Council has been installing traffic calming measures within the city since 1994 to reduce vehicle speeds to 20mph as well as the number and severity of collisions, road casualties and personal injury, especially of those of school age on route to and from school. This initiative has proved successful as the city has seen a reduction of 25% in the number of all injury accidents, and a fall of 40% in the number of persons killed and seriously injured between 1994 and 2006. The traffic calming installed usually consists of speed humps or speed cushions if the stretch of road forms part of a bus route. The movement over vertical features at speeds above the limit are identifiable causes of vibration and are more significant when larger vehicles mount speed tables, causing the distinctive thud and magnifying the probability of adverse comment.
Author: Page 177 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 7 of 17 5.16 Mitigating vibration nuisance is difficult due to the number of contributing factors, accurate identification of its source, and the extent and movement of the wave, and resource and other constraints. It is usually cheaper and easier to modify the energy input or frequency of the source than to reduce vibration levels at a receiver being ultimately the resident. Changes to the transmission path are the most difficult option, although excavating a trench between the source of vibration and the receiver may appear to provide a physical barrier, the trench must be at least 0.3 times the wavelength of the ground wave. Given that it is generally impractical to intercept and isolate the vibration energy once it has entered the subsoil, the only realistic solution to traffic-induced vibration is to maintain the structural integrity of the road construction and provide as smooth a running surface as possible.
6. Issues for Consideration
Problem recognition and existing processes
6.1 Unresolved vibration queries can result in a poor public perception of the Local Authority and its ability to deal with customer complaints and complaints are relatively few and occur across the city. The Council acknowledges that vibration can result from unevenness in the road surface, such as for traffic calming and road defects. It has an existing procedure in place for investigating issues following extensive research, but this does not extend to faults generated by utility services which would enable the Authority to have a formal, consistent and fair method of resolving vibration issues. This needs to be rectified by formulating a policy and expanding the process as outlined in Appendix A.
6.2 It is not always straightforward to determining the source or resolve. Vibration is dependent on a number of factors, such as the loading of the vehicle axle, the size of imperfection in the road surface or the amount of slab movement (if any), vehicle speed and the number of axles. Larger vehicles produce the most noticeable effects and complaints from local residents.
6.3 Many complaints are received as a result of vibrations generated by minor undulations in the carriageway, or running surfaces that are not smooth. In many of these cases, the carriageway is often found to be in sound condition following a site inspection and review of the data collected on defects, including those on classified roads from the Surface Condition Assessment of the National Network of Roads (SCANNER survey). The SCANNER data provides a road condition indicator (RCI) value for each 10m of carriageway graphically represented as a traffic light system with red representing the worst condition and poor structural condition. requiring planned maintenance work as soon as possible. For example, a complaint was received Author: Page 178 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 8 of 17 from a resident in Chanterlands Avenue and on investigation it was determined that the vibration was generated by a difference in level of around 5mm. This difference in level occurred where different surface treatments altered with the surface dressing stopping and anti skid surfacing starting at a pelican crossing. In cases such as this there is little that can be done. Where possible, the Council will try and improve the running surface, bearing in mind budgetary constraints and the fact that a patch repair can sometimes make a situation worse.
6.4 Additionally, residents often request surveys of noise and vibration to support claims of structural damage. These now cost around £2,000. Based on evidence collected in the past, the Council does not undertake such surveys unless there are very exceptional circumstances. Additionally, there is no revenue budget allocation and the burden of proof falls to the resident to proof their case in the event of a claim.
Structural damage arising from vibration
6.5 Structural damage is unlikely to be caused by road traffic induced vibration only. Again multiple factors are evident. Prolonged exposure, transmitter and close proximity between source and the receiver play a part, but many older properties in Hull have suffered structural damage as the result of consolidation settlement of the soft alluvial soils. This is a long-term process caused by the migration of soil moisture under stress. Again, there is little evidence that this long- term settlement process is worsened by traffic induced vibration. Modern houses use different foundation methods, which are less prone to settlement damage. Thermal and/or shrinkage cracks are frequently interpreted as vibration induced and although ground-borne vibrations may contribute to these forms of cracking they are not the sole cause. Structural and other surveys would be required to verify.
6.6 Since evidence confirms that the degree of traffic induced vibration transmitted to properties is not sufficiently severe to cause structural damage to those properties, requests for structural surveys for the purposes of vibration at individual properties will not be commissioned by the City Council. It would be for a resident to provide evidential proof of impact upon the property.
Policy and regulatory tensions
6.7 There exist tensions between well being, highway safety and maintenance, particularly relating to road safety and liabilities. The Council has an obligation to maintain roads to a satisfactory condition to allow access and passage. Road defects are commonplace and the Courts accept that it can be uneven here and there and for use of criteria to signify size and type of defect before and when to repair. Under highway asset management greater emphasis is placed on prevention within finite budgets meaning prioritisation and
Author: Page 179 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 9 of 17 programming of repairs rather than instantaneous fixes often demanded of those making complaints. A policy and updated procedures allow the management of expectations as well as offering a practical way forward.
6.8 The installation of traffic calming was as a means of reducing vehicle speeds and collisions along with the number and severity of road casualties. Calls to remove measures without alternative provision will increase speeds and increase risk of collisions and severity of injury. If it is perceived that a speed reducing measure is causing vibration problems a full investigation should be carried out before consideration is given to removing the “offending” measure. This will help maintain the City Council’s excellent record in road safety and casualty reduction which has been recognised nationally. As a result this will reduce the risk of injury accidents in the area, along with providing a safer highway network.
6.9 A further tension relates to sustainable transport. Another key objective of installing traffic calming schemes particularly outside schools is to encourage more children and parents to come to school using more sustainable forms of transport. These schemes greatly assist both pedestrians and cyclists en route to and from the local schools. Any removal of these measures is likely to have a detrimental effect on meeting this policy obligation.
Resource allocation
6.10 Capital budgets: Statutory performance indicators are concerned with the condition of the road. These indicators are Data Topic 130-01 for principal roads and 130-02 for non principal roads. Due to the isolated location of vibration complaints, traffic induced vibrations affect the performance score very little. Thus, there is no guarantee that the finance directed at the treatment of a vibration problem will have any impact on the relevant performance indicator value. Consequently, the programming of planned maintenance works that improve vibration problems can only be considered in conjunction with other carriageway condition issues.
6.11 Revenue budgets: No revenue budgets exist for noise and vibration surveys. Mechanisms exist under the New Roads and Streetworks Act to rectify utility services faults with any fees raised able to be used for road maintenance. At the present time, these funds are not specifically collected for highway maintenance. This is under consideration and will be subject to a further report in the future.
6.12 Staffing: The Council undertakes ad hoc site visits following complaints of vibration which are undertaken as part of the duties of the Asset project engineer for carriageway and footways in conjunction with the highways inspection service. At the level of complaint
Author: Page 180 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 10 of 17 presently received, this should be sufficient resource, but not to monitor on a continuous basis. Should an upturn occur then a dedicated resource will need to be considered.
For utility services, while an inspection regime is carried out to ensure the correct specification is undertaken on carriageways and footways, only a limited number are undertaken due to the regulatory requirements for random selection of up to 30% of the actual numbers of units of notification averaged over the previous three years. This in accordance with Section 2.3.3.1 of the Code of Practice for Inspections. This figure is split between all the utility companies and the stages of their work i.e. during the works, at completion of the works and at the end of the two year maintenance period.
Recently, many trenches have been found not to meet the required specification of replacing like for like construction unless subsequently checked by undertaking core samples. Since 2015, the Council has commissioned the collection of core samples which have resulted in failure in the majority of cases. This has helped to identify the wider impact on the integrity of the highway asset and added pressure on day to day highway maintenance activities where around 60% of defects are reported as being associated with utility works and for these companies to fix; although lack of resources in the past has prevented follow-up and resulted in the Authority undertaking the repairs. Further consideration of this matter will be subject of a future report.
7. Options
7.1 Option 1 : Do nothing. This would continue the existing approach of investigating each complaint / concern for traffic calming and road defects. Without having a formal procedure this would create uncertainty about the way forward which will result in the waste of both officer and Ward Councillor time. If each problem is investigated on ad-hoc basis it may result in some successful traffic calming schemes being removed which in turn may increase the number of injury accidents on that stretch of road. If no formal procedure is adopted the situation may arise where different solutions are implemented in different parts of the city.
7.2 Option 2 : Adopt the draft policy and expand the procedure as outlined in Appendix A to include utilities. This will increase efficiency and standardise the procedure of dealing with vibration problems resulting in a standard approach throughout the city. This would save both time and money for all concerned.
Author: Page 181 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 11 of 17
8. Risk Assessment
8.1 Policy and procedure: If a clear policy is not agreed on road traffic induced vibration complaints, there is a risk that the complaints cannot be addressed in an appropriate and timely manner which can affect the reputation of the Council. This can result in further operational issues since existing defects can enlarge resulting in a far greater repair being required in the future using up valuable and limited resources. Impact high.
8.2 Financial: A budgetary allocation is likely to be needed should the Authority adopt a policy of resolving vibration issues with either a permanent reactive maintenance solution for isolated defects or as part of a planned scheme where there are a collection of defects in one area. Impact medium.
8.3 Legal: Liability issues are evident, notably if requests are received to remove traffic calming that have been introduced for other purposes, such as for speed management, collision and casualty reduction rather than vibration and result in greater costs. Impact medium.
9. Consultation
9.1 Streetscene’s Highway Network Management Unit was consulted with regards to the existing policy for dealing with failed trench reinstatements carried out by 3 rd parties in particular the statutory undertakers. It advised that any failures can be recalled within the two year maintenance period except where more than 1.5m deep when the period is three years. While after two years any failure can still be recalled, but only due to the Specification for the Reinstatement of Openings in Highways is not been met and the onus of proof is down to the council.
9.2 The City Council commissioned a series of vibration reports with North Author: Page 182 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 12 of 17 Lincolnshire Council Materials Team in 2002 and again in 2006/7 to establish the effects of vibrations caused by carriageway defects on residential properties. A number of residents co-operated in this exercise.
9.3 A ‘before and after’ noise and vibration assessment was carried out by WSP Parsons Brinckerhoff at a property on Hall Road to determine the significance of a highway maintenance repair on an existing vibration problem which proved its success.
10. Comments of the Town Clerk (Monitoring Officer)
10.1 The Council has a duty under S. 41 Highways Act 1980 to maintain the adopted highway within the city boundary. Reports and allegations of damage or noise due to vibration must be investigated both in order to ascertain if the highway is out of repair and if there is undue or unnecessary disturbance to adjoining residents and businesses. As the report notes, the onus is upon the property owner claiming damage or disturbance to show good cause, but these matters, although relatively few, have the potential to divert resources and incur costs at some level.
The adoption of a policy to address vibration issues more efficiently and effectively is a logical step in the face of shrinking resources and budgetary pressures. There are obvious benefits to a consistent citywide approach and this would give better opportunity to programme what might otherwise be isolated works to reduce vibration into wider maintenance or improvement schemes and thus reduce costs. Ideally implementation of the policy will assist not only in complying with the S. 41 duty, but also be an effective exercise of the power in S. 16 Traffic Management Act 2004 to take such action as the Council deems necessary to contribute to the more efficient use of the road network.
It is perhaps disappointing to note that there has been an inability to recover costs incurred as result of sub-standard Utilities works that have led to vibration problems. Certainly powers exist in S. 72 New Roads and Streetworks Act 1991 that would allow enforcement action to be taken against Utility companies that fail to undertake satisfactory highway reinstatement works. Introduction of a new policy provides an opportunity to address this and to make the companies aware of both their and the Council’s responsibilities.
Author: Page 183 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 13 of 17
11. Comments of the Section 151 Officer
11.1 “The s151 officer notes the content of the report and the proposed policy. Any costs associated with addressing vibration related issues must however continue to be contained within existing resources given the current financial constraints faced by the Council.” (BF)
12. Comments of HR City Manager and compliance with the Equality Duty
12.1 The staffing implications are covered in the report. There may be equality issues to consider in terms of the complainants, for example the impacts of perceived vibration may be different on different groups of people and this will need to be considered in any handling of the complaint. Advice should be sought from the relevant professional where there is a need, for example the equalities officer, or Health and Safety.
13. Comments of Overview and Scrutiny
13.1 The Forward Plan sheet relating to this report will be considered at the meeting of the Overview and Scrutiny Management Committee on Monday, 5 September, 2016. The Committee will decide if the report should be subject to pre-decision scrutiny, and if so, which Overview and Scrutiny Commission it should be considered by. Updated scrutiny comments will need to be sourced before the report is submitted to Cabinet in September 2016. (Ref. Sc4806).
14. Comments of the Portfolio Holder
14.1 The first priority for the very limited funds available for highway maintenance has to be to ensure our roads are in a safe condition for road users. Whilst vibration complaints will always be investigated, remedial works will in most cases be limited to dealing with defective utility reinstatements or minor repairs at limited cost, and then only when deemed appropriate by the investigating engineer. In any cases where the complainant alleges structural damage to their property, the onus of proof will rest with the complainant, who will be responsible for meeting the cost of any independent inspection and report by a qualified
Author: Page 184 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 14 of 17 structural engineer.
Andy Burton
Contact Officer: Steve Dyas Telephone No.: O1482 614871
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - . Decision record no. CHWB/2006/SS/DR057 New Initiative for Dealing with Vibration Issues Associated with Highway Features. WSP Parsons Brinckerhoff, Hall Road Noise and Vibration Assessment. North Lincolnshire Council, Investigation Report on Traffic Induced Vibration Problems 2002 North Lincolnshire Council, Report on Traffic Induced Vibration January 2006 North Lincolnshire Council, Report on Traffic Induced Vibration August 2006 North Lincolnshire Council, Report on Traffic Induced Vibration October 2006
Author: Page 185 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 15 of 17 Implications Matrix
This section must be completed and you must ensure that you have fully considered all potential implications
This matrix provides a simple check list for the things you need to have considered within your report
If there are no implications please state
I have informed and sought advice from HR, Yes Legal, Finance, Overview and Scrutiny and the Climate Change Advisor and any other key stakeholders i.e. Portfolio Holder, relevant Ward Members etc prior to submitting this report for official comments I have considered whether this report Yes requests a decision that is outside the Budget and Policy Framework approved by Council Value for money considerations have been Yes accounted for within the report
The report is approved by the relevant City Yes Manager I have included any procurement/commercial Yes issues/implications within the report
I have considered the potential media interest No in this report and liaised with the Media Team to ensure that they are briefed to respond to media interest. I have included any equalities and diversity No implications within the report and where necessary I have completed an Equalities Impact Assessment and the outcomes are included within the report Any Health and Safety implications are Yes included within the report Any human rights implications are included No within the report I have included any community safety No implications and paid regard to Section 17 of the Crime and Disorder Act within the report I have liaised with the Climate Change No Advisor and any environmental and climate change issues/sustainability implications are
Author: Page 186 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 16 of 17 included within the report
I have included information about how this No report contributes to the City Plan/ Area priorities within the report
Author: Page 187 of 262 Status: Date: 06/09/2016 Page 17 of 17
Page 188 of 262 Appendix A Road Traffic Induced Vibration Policy and Procedures
Policy
Hull City Council recognises that potential road traffic induced vibration effects are of concern to residents. The Council will use the best practicable means to investigate and use road maintenance to address any complaints in accordance with current standards to minimise the risk of vibration from poor road surfaces and sub-grade conditions. The current standards shall be defined by The Design Manual for Roads and Bridges 1992 or it successor document(s).
The carriageway will be inspected and if a defect is considered by the investigating engineer or highway inspector to be a cause of unacceptable vibration suitable action will be undertaken subject to the availability of adequate resources.
Procedures
Usually a complaint regarding vibration can be divided into three categories related to: i. Traffic Calming (Existing and New Installations) ii. Highway Maintenance iii. Utility Services reinstatements.
The proposed procedure for a vibration complaint is to investigate each issue on its merit under one or more of these categories as follows: i. Traffic Calming
a) Existing
1. Determine if there are any maintenance or specification issues regarding the calming feature and if so correct where required. 2. If neither of the above are required establish if traffic calming scheme is successful or not. 3. If the scheme is successful no action will be taken. 4. If the scheme is found to be unsuccessful it can be reviewed with a view to amending or removal by appropriate Area Committee.
b) New
1. Where future traffic schemes are being considered and consultations undertaken with residents, vibration will be taken into account and may result in alternatives forms of traffic calming being adopted.
Page 189 of 262 ii. Highway Maintenance
1. Determine, in the opinion of the investigating engineer or highway inspector, if the defective area is bad enough to be causing an unacceptable level of vibration when vehicles pass over, especially HGV’s or buses. 2. Decide if the defect is a reactive maintenance problem which can be solved with minor works in a short period or a larger area of defects which will require a larger planned scheme. 3. If a minor reactive repair is required the treatment should aim to get to the source of the problem. 4. If a major planned scheme is required it will have to be prioritised along with other essential works throughout the city when the annual programme is determined. 5. If, in the opinion of the investigating engineer or highway inspector, it is not sufficient to cause structural damage and the remedial works are unnecessary or unaffordable, the Council will take no further action. In the event of a disagreement the complainant will be responsible for organising an independent survey.
iii. Utility Services
1. Determine if the defective trench reinstatement is bad enough to be causing a vibration when vehicles pass over, especially HGV’s or buses. If so, ensure that the statutory undertakers have followed the Specification for the Reinstatement of Openings in the Highway Code of Practice. 2. If the trench has failed and is less than 2 years old, the utility service will be instructed to return and reinstate the trench to the correct specification. 3. If the 2 year maintenance period has passed and the trench is causing a vibration issue, the works will be programmed with the appropriate permanent repair and recharged to the appropriate utility company where it is deemed the specification is non-compliant.
Page 190 of 262
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards: Holderness, Marfleet, 30 November 2016 Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Speed Management
Briefing Paper of City Streetscene Manager
1. Purpose of the Paper and Summary
1.1 This paper informs Members of about a road safety approach known as speed management to assist members in making a decision for the removal of traffic calming measures in Gillshill Road.
2. Background
2.1 The February Park Area committee deferred a report on the removal of traffic calming in Gillshill Road pending further information on a number of items, including po licy on vibration, parking enforcement, sign maintenance and speed management. The concern of this paper is Speed Management.
2.2 Speed management is an approach to control speeds using enforcement, design, and technology app lications to provide an appropriate speed for a driver or rider to travel along a road or path. It takes account of the road user and their surroundings, anticipating and allowing human error to achieve safer roads by minimising the risk of death or serious injury through fewer incidents and less severe injuries. Research has identified speed as a key risk factor in road traffic injuries, influencing both the risk of road traffic crashes and the severity of the injuries that result. Higher speeds lead to a greater risk of a crash and a greater prob ability of serious injury if one occurs. This is because, as speed increases, so does the distance travelled during the driver’s reaction time as well as the distance needed to stop. Add itionally, speed magnifies the effects of errors by drivers as well as the energy transference onto the human bod y.
2.3 At the very basis of speed management techniques are the legal speed limits. These define acceptable speeds following legal and societal choices that have evolved over time that trade-off risk and travel times for a road class or specific road section. Speed limit setting has traditionally reflected criteria about a road, vehicle usage, collision analysis and other factors and attempts to achieve a balance between safety and mobility. More recently, the setting Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 191 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 1 of 4 of speed limits has focused on reducing road deaths and injury by changing this balance in favou r of safety. Reference to the limits of human injury tolerance to physical force, human fallibility, shared responsibilities, and to recognise that lower speeds have add itional benefits over and above safety, in that these contribute to economic savings by the use of less fuel, smooth the flow of traffic, and help alleviate air po llution and no ise.
2.4 Speed management techniques focus on addressing the Organisation of Economic Co-operation and Development’s 2006 definition of “excessive speed (driving above the speed limit) or inappropri ate speed (driving too fast for the conditions, but within the limits).” The methods used may be active or passive. Active are physical devices or technologies that force drivers to slow or stop, like traffic calming. Passive ones use devices or designs to feed back to the driver about their speed or use designs to alter a driver’s perception for lower speed, such as signs, vehicle activated signs (VAS), signals, edu cation and enforcement. In combination, this is known as the ‘Safe-system’ app roach to minimise the severity of injury when a crash occurs and is based on the premise that road users sh ou ld not die because of the failings of the road system. The long-term goal is that no one should be killed or seriously injured in road traffic. The moral basis corresponds to the views alrea dy adopted in connection with rail, sea or air tra vel.
2.5 Co-ordinated responses through the Safer Roads Humber partnership and a combination of methods occur in Hull and are app licable to Gillshill Road. The City Council has taken steps to reduce inappropriate vehicle speeds on Gillshill Road through previous initiatives particularly in the vicinity to schoo l entrances through the use of vertical traffic calming (speed cushion s and tables). These have been introduced following consultation with and the agreement of the Park Area Committee.
2.6 A citywide speed management strategy is currently being developed. This will enable the Council to identify stretches of road that can be considered as sites of community concern which can be visited and monitored by the Safer Roads Humber partnership’s speed enforcement team. The strategy will incorporate the three ‘e’s’ of speed management – education, engineering and enforcement. On receipt of a complaint of inapp ropriate speed an initial speed survey will be undertaken. If this shows evidence of inapp ropriate speed a period of education will be undertaken through the use of a vehicle activated speed sign which has the capability to transmit speed data. Shou ld this data identify that there continu es to be inapp rop riate speed then a study will be undertaken to establish whether there are any engineering solutions. If there are no suitable engineering solutions or any identified as too expensive to implement then enforcement as a community concern site would be undertaken.
2.7 Any motorist exceeding the speed limit would be liable for a fixed penalty speeding ticket and three points on their driving licence or if it was their first offence be offered a speed management course. Mon ies collected from a fixed penalty speeding ticket are paid to HM Treasury whilst any surplus from
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 192 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 2 of 4 a speed management course is retained by Safer Roads Humber partnership to cover their operating costs.
2.8 Safer Roads Humber partnership is currently developing a bidd ing process where members will be able to bid for funding from op erational surpluses for road safety initiatives and the management of fixed and / or mobile speed enforcement sites. Further details are awaited.
3. Issues for Consideration
Setting speed limits
3.1 Whilst the process of setting speed limits is a techn ical exercise, it frequently involves value judgments and trade-offs that are handled through the po litical process with the primary focus on safety. There is no single “right” answer in setting appropriate speed limits or conducting enforcement activities and speed limits reflect many factors , such as safety, travel time, enforcement expenditures, or community con cerns.
Effectiveness of methods
3.2 Generally, speed limits will have only modest effects on actual speeds and there is need for enforcement to dea l with the impacts of inapp ropriate speeds . Active techniques are more effective at changing driver behaviour, but are often more costly to implement and are most suited to residential roads which require low speeds rather than for those, such as the ring road that are designated to move longer distance traffic more efficiently through a corridor. Typically, methods are most effective and long lasting when used in combination over a substantial length or app lied to several roads in close proximity as in Gillshill Road, and more so when used in con junction with the latest in-vehicle app lications and co-ordinated. Enforcement, enginee ring, education, and research and data components are critical to the development and evolution of effectiv e speed management strategies and speed limits.
3.3 Many techn iques work in the short term because the concept is no vel. This is true for road markings, VAS, or for visual cue techniques, such as tree s. Enforcement techniques are also only effectiv e in the short-term and must be deployed consistently for long term effectiveness. More permanent enforcement techniques may work for longer period s, like cameras but, if drivers do not receive a negative consequence of speeding, the effectiveness wears off, and those drivers having undertaken a behavioural course tend to continue with risky behaviours once completed compared to those receiving fines and penalty po ints.
Enforcement
3.4 A lack of consistency in the app lication of enforcement and adjud ication of speed, and enforcement thresholds often reflect outdated responses to speed
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 193 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 3 of 4 limits. An example is the perception that drivers can exceed the speed limit by 10%+2 mph before any action might be taken, e.g. driving at 35mph in a thirty mph limit. This contributes to a lack of the recognition of the risks associated with speed. Add ition ally, understanding of the correlation of speed to cras h risk is limited. In short, speeding is a highly complex subject with speed management, historically, requiring a coordinated and collabo rative app roach.
4. Next steps
4.1 This paper provides the Area Committee with an overview of speed management to help inform the decision – making by members on the removal of traffic calming in Gillshill Road.
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officer : Graham Hall Telephone No. : 01482 614874
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - None
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 194 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 4 of 4
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards: Holderness, Marfleet, 30 November 2016 Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Parking Enforcement
Briefing Paper of City Streetscene Manager
1. Purpose of the Paper and Summary
1.1 This paper informs Members about parking enforcement to assist members in making a decision for the removal of traffic calming measures in Gillshill Road.
2. Background
2.1 The February 2016 Park Area committee deferred a report on the removal of traffic calming in Gillshill Road pend ing further information on a number of items, including policy on vibration, parking enforcement , sign maintenance and speed management. The concern of this paper is parking enforcement.
2.2 Parking enforcement is guided by the principles of the Traffic Management Act 2004 (TMA) as set out by the Department for Transport’s Statutory and Operational Guidance documents. It is supportive of the Council’s strategic objectives for smarter cities, sustainability, economic prosperity and regeneration and reflects links between planning and transport. The main principles advocated in the TMA are:
fairness con sistency transparency a focus on quality, not quantity of enforcement
2.3 For the Authorities conducting enforcement, such as the Police and Councils the legislation requires that they design their parking po licies with particular regard to:
managing the traffic network to ensure expeditious movement of traffic, (including pedestrians and cyclists), as required under the TMA Network Management Duty improving road safety
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 195 of 262 Status: Date: 22/01/2016 Page 1 of 3 improving the local environ ment improving the quality and accessibility of public transport meeting the needs of disabled people, some of whom will be unable to use pub lic transport systems and depend entirely on the use of a car and managing and reconciling the competing demands for kerb space .
2.4 The aims of enforcement are to:
have a firm but fair approach to enforcement keep traffic moving including pedestrians and cyclists improve road safety improve the environ ment prevent the obstruction of emergency vehicles and public transpo rt meet the needs of disabled people, some of whom will be unable to use pub lic transport, and depend on the use of a car manage the demands for kerb space ensures that parking bays are available for their intended use maximise motorists’ compliance with regulations.
2.5 The Council took over the respon sibility of parking from the Police in May 2006, setting up a civil parking enforcement section provided by an external supp lier. The Council has responsibility for enforcing:
Double yellow lines Single yellow lines Various Parking Bays Bus stops Controlled parking zones (CPZ’s) Pay and display zon es Zig zags markings outsides schoo ls Zig zags markings on pedestrian crossings, Humberside Police also issue to cars parked on white zig zag lines.
The Police retain control of moving traffic offences.
2.6 Most people park safely and legally. Those who do not risk receiving a penalty charge notice (PCN). Unless otherwise stated restrictions run 24hours a day, 7 days a week. Where an individual considers that a PCN has been wrongly issued an appea l process app lies. If a driver parks a vehicle on the path and the road next to it has restrictions, such as yellow lines, a PCN can be issued (if the Traffic Regulation Order covers the path and / or verge). If there are no parking restrictions, a PCN cannot be issued, however, if a vehicle is causing a safety issue or blocking the road or path, the Police may be able to take action, where app ropriate.
2.7 Enforcement is un iform across the city in the manner that it is delivered with levels of enforcement being dependent upon the number of restrictions within an area. If Areas / Wards have any specific problems, they can highlight to the Streetscene
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 196 of 262 Status: Date: 22/01/2016 Page 2 of 3 Parking Enforcement service. In addition, there is an existing op eration al ability to target enforcement to tackle problem areas.
3. Issues for Consideration
3.1 Ability to enforce – The Parking Enforcement ’s core responsibility is to issue PCN ’s, report defects, such as missing signs and lines, report faulty or damaged pay and display machines. When the Authority started enforcement in 2006, it deployed 119 shifts per week. On re-tender in 2011 the number of shifts was reduced to 101 shifts per week even though the number of restrictions within the City had incre ased.
3.2 Over the 12 month period (1 June 2015 to 31 May 2016), officers attended Gillshill Road on 88 occasions totalling 19hrs 20mins. 15 vehicles were logged and 10 enforced. Add itionally, the civil enforcement officers attended the nearby schools at start or finish of the schoo l day. Furthermore, there were other visits in the capacity of street mobile officers, but they did not stop as there was nothing to enforce. At this point in time, there are no plans to increase the level of coverage for this location. The current level of service provision can be increased at any time subject to an app ropriate business case being accepted and agreed for an increased in staffing levels .
4. Next steps
4.1 This paper provides the Area Committee with an overview of parking enforcement to help inform the decision – making by members on the removal of traffic calming in Gillshill Road .
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officer : Graham Hall Telephone No. : 01482 614874
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: -
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 197 of 262 Status: Date: 22/01/2016 Page 3 of 3
Page 198 of 262
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards: Holderness, Marfleet, 30 November 2016 Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Sign Maintenance
Briefing Paper of City Streetscene Manager
1. Purpose of the Paper and Summary
1.1 This paper informs Members about sign maintenance to assist me mbers in making a decision for the removal of traffic calming measures in Gillshill Road.
2. Background
2.1 The February 2016 Park Area committee deferred a report on the removal of traffic calming in Gillshill Road pend ing further information on a number of items, including policy on vibration, parking enforcement , sign maintenance and speed management. This paper provides further information on sign maintenance .
2.2 Traffic signs communicate the rules, warnings, guidance, and other highway information that drivers need to safely and efficiently navigate roads. Well maintained signs are impo rtant as these help drivers make good decisions. A traffic sign should meet five basic requirements, namely:
Fulfill a need Command attention Convey a clear, simple meaning Command respect from road users Give adequate time for proper response.
2.3 The national Traffic Signs Regulations and General Directions (TSRGD ) specifies classes of signs which are defined by their function, colou r cod ed and these maybe illuminated and require an electrical supply. In summary, these are presented in three groups:
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 199 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 1 of 4
• Regulatory that convey the rules of the road warning that provide drivers with advance notice of po tentially hazardous situations or conditions of the road ahead that may not be apparent. They are particularly helpful to drivers who are unfam iliar with a particular road. • Amenity that help a driver to get to a particular destination. These are signs that display route designations, destination s, directions, distances, services, points of interest, and other geographical, • recreational, and cultural information, street name plates, parking signs, ho spital symbol. The absence of these signs could cause motorists to miss their route and destination, resulting in less than efficient navigation. It can lead to erratic manoeuvres, such as slowing or stopp ing in the roadway and making abrupt turns.
2.4 Signs may be permanent or temporary and are specially made due to the variation in the sign message and sizing, and it may take a few days to several weeks before they can be assembled, purchased and installed. Whenever there are road works, temporary traffic control is necessary, which usually includes temporary information and warning signs.
2.5 Signs consist of a sign face, sign backing, support in the form of a vertical po le or post and fixings and are made in specific materials. The sign face is a film material, called sheeting, which is comprised of glass beads or microprisms to provide visibility during hours of darkness. Highway signs that are not illuminated by external lights, are visible at night because they have sheeting made of retroreflective material. Retro-reflection is a type of reflection that redirects light from the sign face back to the source, the vehicle hea dlights. There are different types to suit the sign category and location.
2.6 For maintenance purposes the primary objective is to keep road signs visible, legible and effective and repair or replace those found to be damaged or unsafe. Signs need to be readable by highway users as they pass at a distance and at speeds app ropriate to the type of road. Very large signs with white lettering on blue backgrounds are those commonly found on motorways which are the most effective colour combination s for reading at high speeds.
2.7 To achieve the desired goal, a comprehensive sign management system is followed. The elements of a sign management system includ e:
• Inventory — a manual or computer-based database of signs installed on roads in the City • Inspection — a program for scheduled inspections of sign need and app ropriateness to reduce clutter; condition (cracking, delamination, fading, discolouration, contrast, retro- reflectivity, damage, vand alism, missing elements); overgrowth for safety reasons and in response to reports from the pub lic
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 200 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 2 of 4 • Preventive Maintenance — activities that will ensure that signs will attain their full service life (cleaning, vegetation control, anti-theft measures, sign support adjustments) • Repair and Replacement — a program and process for either repairing or replacing non-functional signs, knockdowns or relocations for development purposes; damage by weather and natural factors; or tho se having reached the end of or exceeds serviceable life, typically 15 to 20 years with manu facturers guarantee sign retro-reflectivity for seven yea rs • Reporting and Record Kee ping — a process for keeping record of all maintenance activities.
2.8 Regulatory and warning signs are important to maintain because the absence of, or damage to, a regulatory sign could result in or contribute to a severe collision. Damaged, knock down or missing regulatory signs , especially GIVE WAY, ONE WAY, and DO NOT ENTER signs that are illuminated should be made safe, within two hours with repair or replacement time varying depending upon availability of supply of a sign and / or post and perhaps to organise an electrical supply through Northern Power Grid. These are given priority for maintenance pu rposes.
2.9 On roads under the Authority’s responsibility, as of 2015, there are 2,587 illuminated signs consisting of:
518 warning signs 1,902 regulatory signs 115 bus / cycle facility signs 11 direction al signs 41 variable message and car park guidance signs
These are valued at £613,000. There are no accurate statistics available on non-illuminated signs and the number of traffic signs is estimated to be around 12,000. Additionally, there are 60 Vehicle Activated Signs (VAS), including two on Gillshill Road and another two on Cavendish Road.
2.11 For the Authority, the inspection and works are undertaken by KWL with a budget of under £5k and in 2015/16 KWL spent around £5k on repairing signs.
2.12 The two VAS in Gillshill Road are solar powered that display ’20 / SLOWDOWN’ when vehicle speeds exceed the 20mph limit within the 20moph zone. These do not work consistently when there is insufficient sunlight to charge the battery. As part of reviewing the traffic calming measures, the exiting solar powered VAS’s are identified to be replaced with new mains powered dual legend signs that display the children-warning signs together with the message ‘SCHOOL SLOW’ at school start and finish times. The sign will display ’20 /SLOWDOWN’ if activated by speeding vehicles. Such an upgrade of the VAS’s would complement the existing school crossing patrol and 20mph zones signs. It is proposed that these are upgraded on determination of the removal of traffic calming on Gillshill Road at a cost of £14,000.
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 201 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 3 of 4 2.13 The two VAS on Cavendish Road are mains powered. The VAS on the ea stern approach to the school frontage can be masked by cars / vans parked at schoo l leaving times. It would be beneficial to relocate this sign to improve visibility and effectiveness at a cost of £1,500 to £2,000 and upgrade to dual legend which will be in order of £13,000 and £14,000, including disconn ection s of existing and connections for new signs. Again, the existing schoo l crossing patrol signs and 20mph zone signs will be complemented.
3. Issues for Consideration
3.1 Inventory -. The catalogue of signs is incomplete. A full survey is required to provide a comprehensive data set and an investment strategy to come forward.
3.2 Electrical supply – Solar powered facilities are not generating sufficient energy to operate such signs resulting in a gradual upgrade to mains electricity.
3.3 Inspections – No retro-reflecto-meter measurements are undertaken and the Authority has no such equipment to do so. There are night time inspections of illumination and a limited number of day time visual inspections within consistent parameters.
3.4 Management method – prioritisation, risk management and selective replacement. While there has been selective replacement of signs in the city centre and main direction signing in the last three years, most signs are replaced in response to the reports of damage or missing and / or age related concerns. To place the asset management of signs on a sounder basis requires a survey to provide an inventory of the entire stock.
3.5 Financial budgets - To replace illuminated signs over a 20 year life cycle is in the order of £515,000. Capit al replacement and annual revenue budgets that are available per year are nowhere near that level respectively for certain sign types. No budgets for the maintenance of the VAS .
4. Next steps
4.1 This paper provides the Area Committee with an overview of sign maintenance to help inform the decision – making by members on the removal of traffic calming in Gillshill Road.
Andy Burton City Streetscene Manager
Contact Officer : Graham Hall Telephone No. : 01482 614874
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - None
Aut hor: Graham Hall Page 202 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11 /2016 Page 4 of 4
Report to the Park Area Committee Wards : Holderness, Marfleet, 30 November 2016 Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Street Naming Decision
Report of the Assistant Head of ICT Resources Directorate
This item is not exempt Therefore exempt reasons are not applicable
This is a Non-Key Decision
1. Purpose of the Report and Summary
1.1 A Leader Decision Record dated May 2011 delegates to Area Committees all executive decisions on matters that exclusively affect their area. This allows Area Committees to deal with street naming requests within their boundaries.
1.2 This report makes recommendations about one new street name for a new residential development between Portobello Street and Marfleet Lane, Hull.
2. Recommendations
2.1 That the Committee does not object to the street names detailed in this report.
3. Reasons for Recommendations
3.1 This is a statutory function under the Public Health Act 1925 that has been delegated to Area Committees
4. Impact on other Executive Committees (including Area Committees)
Author: Page 203 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 1 of 8 4.1 No impact on other Executive Committees.
This Development is wholly within the Park Area Committee Boundary
5. Background
5.1 Street naming is carried out under the provisions of the British Standards BS7666-1:2006 and BS7666-2:2006. This is intended to provide a nationally consistent system for identifying each area of the country by address within a grid reference point.
5.2 The statutory provisions regarding street naming are found in Sections 17 – 19 of the Public Health Act 1925
5.3 The Council is contractually a member of the Public Services Mapping Agreement (PSMA) through which it receives all its mapping data, and the national Data Cooperation Agreement (DCA) which requires the Council to provide street and property data to a national hub in accordance with published nationally recognised Data Entry Conventions Documents.
5.4 Accurate meaningful and timely street naming is of critical importance to the emergency services in delivering their services.
5.5 In practical terms the Data Entry Conventions are interpreted by the Council so that street names and numbers comply with the following constraints:
• That a street will not normally be named after a living person except in exceptional circumstances. • Use of the names of the deceased must have acceptance from the family or estate administrators. Prior to use. • That streets would not normally be named after a locality, town or settlement; • That street names would not normally duplicate another name in use either within the boundary or in the same post town, or in close proximity in an adjacent authority. • Names that construe marketing are not acceptable. • The use of numbers in street names which could be misconstrued should be avoided. e.g., 20 Seven Foot Lane sounds like 27 Foot Lane. • Cannot be longer than 100 characters. • Abbreviations should not be used other than St for Saint. • Pedestrian streets should only be suffixed Walk, Path, Way or Mall. • Must not end in ‘s if it can be construed as possessive or plural.
5.6 Membership of the PSMA stipulates that naming proposals comply with
Author: Page 204 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 2 of 8 these constraints, therefore the requirement is contractual rather than statutory.
6. Issues for Consideration
6.1 Following consultation with the developer the street naming and numbering officer has suggested that the new streets be named in keeping with the history of the area.
The developer has proposed the following street names for the new street:
Mappleton Grove / Way / Close – Mappleton used to be associated with Marfleet
Duplication - We would recommend against using Mappleton as a new street name. Mappleton Grove already exists nearby in HU9.
Hopewell Grove / Way / Close – Hopewell Road is just to the north
Duplication - We would recommend against using Hopewell as a new street name. Hopewell Road already exists nearby in HU9.
Smeaton Grove / Way / Close – John Smeaton worked on the Holderness Drain
This address is acceptable. We have no existing addresses including Smeaton.
Mariners Grove / Way - Mick Ronson was from Hull, his first band was The Mariners, can’t use ‘Mariners Close’ as it is in Hull near the docks
Duplication - We would recommend against using Mariner as a new street name. Mariners Close exists on Victoria Dock Village in HU9. There is also a Mariner View near the Marina HU1. We also have a Ronson Close nearby.
Rotterdam Grove / Way / Close – Hull is twinned with Rotterdam
Possible – Rotterdam Road and Rotterdam Park exist in HU7. They are both all commercial addresses so there is less likelihood of confusion with new residential addresses.
Belting Grove / Way / Close – Fenner used to make world class belting for mining conveyors as an export from Marfleet
Potential Confusion - We would recommend against using Belting as a new street name. We have Bilton Grove adjacent to the site and Belton Close nearby in HU8.
Author: Page 205 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 3 of 8
A further option is to name the new street as a ‘Gardens’ e.g. Smeaton Gardens.
The Developers have not stated a preference for any new street name.
7. Options and Risk Assessment
7.1 Choose one of the names suggested by the developer in 4.1, at the developer’s invitation.
7.2 Object to any or all of the names.
7.3 Not select a name.
8. Risk Assessment
Risks are
Opt 1: The names needs to comply with the Data Entry Conventions – this has been checked by the Business and Information Systems Operations Team and they are all satisfactory in this respect.
Opt 2: The Developer can appeal against the objection to the Magistrates Court – risk to objection being upheld is that the proposed name complies with the conventions therefore there was no justification in objecting and court costs have been incurred unnecessarily.
Opt 3: The developer may propose his own choice – risk is that the Committee does not like the developer’s own selection, mitigation is that an objection can be made, but implications are as Opt 2 above.
9. Consultation
9.1 Consultation has taken place with the developer who agreed the suggested choice of names.
10. Comments of the Town Clerk (Monitoring Officer)
10.1 The Council has power under S. 17 Public Health Act 1925 to object to the proposed naming of a street. In the event of an objection, the developer may appeal the Council’s decision to a magistrates court. In practice, if the proposed name complies with the Data Entry Conventions referred to above, there is no overriding reason to object Author: Page 206 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 4 of 8 to a proposal and the Council and Members are regularly involved by developers in the choice of street names. Once a name has been selected, the Council has a duty under S. 19 of the same Act to ensure that a street nameplate is erected and subsequently maintained. [CA]
11. Comments of the Section 151 Officer
11.1 The Section 151 Officer notes the report, but in the absence of any financial implications has no further comment.
12. Comments of HR City Manager and compliance with the Equality Duty
12.1 There are no staffing or wider human resources implications identified in the report.
13. Comments of Overview and Scrutiny
13.1 This report has not been subject to scrutiny (Sc5045).
14. Comments of the Portfolio Holder
14.1 Not an Executive Decision
Author: Page 207 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 5 of 8
Report of the Assistant Head of ICT, Finance, Infrastructure and Transformation Directorate
Contact Officer: Glen Dobson – Team Manager Business and Information Systems Operations Telephone No.: 01482 614599
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: - A list of background documents must be included. These documents are then available (if not exempt) for public inspection.
Portobello_street_layout.pdf – Planning Layout drawing provided by developer.
Author: Page 208 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 6 of 8 Implications Matrix
This section must be completed and you must ensure that you have fully considered all potential implications
This matrix provides a simple check list for the things you need to have considered within your report
If there are no implications please state
I have informed and sought advice from HR, Yes Legal, Finance, Overview and Scrutiny and the Climate Change Advisor and any other key stakeholders i.e. Portfolio Holder, relevant Ward Members etc prior to submitting this report for official comments I have considered whether this report Yes requests a decision that is outside the Budget and Policy Framework approved by Council Value for money considerations have been Yes accounted for within the report
The report is approved by the relevant City Yes Manager I have included any procurement/commercial Yes issues/implications within the report
I have considered the potential media interest Yes in this report and liaised with the Media Team to ensure that they are briefed to respond to media interest. I have included any equalities and diversity Yes implications within the report and where necessary I have completed an Equalities Impact Assessment and the outcomes are included within the report Any Health and Safety implications are Yes included within the report Any human rights implications are included Yes within the report I have included any community safety Yes implications and paid regard to Section 17 of the Crime and Disorder Act within the report I have liaised with the Climate Change Yes Advisor and any environmental and climate change issues/sustainability implications are
Author: Page 209 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 7 of 8 included within the report
I have included information about how this Yes report contributes to the City Plan/ Area priorities within the report
Author: Page 210 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 8 of 8 Page 211 of 262
Page 212 of 262
Briefing Note to the Park Area Committee Wards: Holderness, Marfleet, 30 November 2016 Southcoates East, Southcoates West
Park Area Neighbourhood Management Update
Briefing Note of the City Neighbourhoods and Housing Manager
1. Purpose of the Briefing Note and Summary
1.1 To provide an update to the Park Area Committee on ward activity across the Area.
2. Background
2.1 The Neighbourhood Co-ordinators (NC’s) consult, involve and work closely with ward members, residents and partner agencies to develop and implement plans that address priorities and meet the needs of local communities.
3. Holderness ward
3.1 Achievements
3.1.1 Footpath works on Lindengate is now complete, parts of the path have been raised to reduce flooding issues. The plastic grid system has been cleaned and filled with permeable gravel and the surface coat has been re-laid.
3.1.2 A Traffic Regulation Order (TRO) is now in force in the Lambwath, Gillshill and Hathersage Road areas. Traffic enforcement will be targeting the area to monitor the situation and undertake enforcement action where necessary.
3.1.3 To address the issue of fly-tips and environmental issues ‘Bring Out Your Rubbish Day’s’ have been held in five areas of the ward with in excess of 40 tonnes being collected along with more than 70 large appliances.
3.1.4 Two well attended meetings with the residents of Lake View/Drive and the local Domino’s business representatives were held to look at ways of improving traffic and anti social behaviour issues. As a result a traffic scheme will be implemented and Domino’s have agreed to
Page 213 of 262 Page 1 of 6 produce a customer feedback form for residents to complete to help address future resident concerns.
3.2 Progress Updates
3.2.1 The Autumn newsletter is currently with Communications and Marketing section and should be delivered by the end of November 2016.
3.2.2 Five Traffic Regulation Orders to improve safety and traffic flow in the ward are being developed with Highways Services.
3.2.3 To improve the outlook at a much valued community facility the Tigers Trust volunteers have re-painted the VET’s Pavilion on Holderness Road. Further plans include a new kitchen and better toilet facilities.
3.3 Future Plans
3.3.1 The ‘Friends of Pelican Park’ have been actively applying for match funds towards the planned new Pelican Park pavilion. Funding from s106 and ward budget provision have been approved already. Work will commence next year.
3.3.2 Further community engagement activities will be planned to address the priority issues of youth provision and environmental works across the ward in the forthcoming months.
4. Marfleet Ward
4.1 Achievements
4.1.1 The Marfleet Community bus toured the ward on 3 November 2016. Residents were invited to come along and speak to the local ward councillors, the Area Team and partner agencies and raise issues of concern.
4.1.2 To address the need for additional youth provision, funding was allocated for additional activities during the October 2016 half term holidays on Stonebridge playing fields and at the Shelley Avenue sports centre.
4.1.3 The Marfleet newsletter was delivered to all households within the ward in October 2016.
4.1.4 Ward Councillors, the Area Team and volunteers transformed the Marfleet Memorial Gardens from neglected scrubland to a well designed tranquil space. The work was completed in time for the Remembrance Sunday service.
Page 214 of 262 Page 2 of 6 4.2 Progress Updates
4.2.1 Celebrating “Greatfield 60 years on” was successful in securing funding from the City of Culture Creative Communities Fund. The Area Team continues to support their plans to celebrate during 2017.
4.2.2 The Area Team continues to support the “Big Local” Steering Group to progress projects throughout Greatfield.
4.2.3 Work is continuing on planning the family fun day to be held in early spring 2017. Working in partnership with local community groups, the day will include a host of free family activities and entertainment.
4.3 Future Plans
4.3.1 To address environmental priorities in the ward provisional dates to hold six ‘Bring Out Your Rubbish’ days in 2017 have been arranged.
4.3.2 The Marfleet Community bus will continue to tour the ward during 2017 in March, August and October. Ward Members, the Area Team and partner agencies will be present on the day and the bus will tour the ward to give residents the opportunity to meet and discuss issues of concern.
4.3.3 It is proposed to host an event at the Guildhall involving local primary schools in the decision making process in the spring 2017.
5. Southcoates East
5.1 Achievements
5.1.1 Following resident requests to prevent children running from the shop onto the highway and prevent cars from blocking the footpath a number of sharks teeth bollards have been installed outside of the Co-op on Ryehill Grove.
5.1.2 A meeting is due to take place before Christmas with Aspire Gym and the landowners and Ward Councillors to discuss disruption to residents due to irresponsible parking. Residents have already been given advice on reporting procedures.
5.1.3 The Area Team has arranged to visit the HUT youth club in the forthcoming weeks for a question and answer session with local youths and to feedback all concerns and issues raised to Ward Members. It is hoped that empowering youths to take responsibility for their area may reduce incidents of Anti-Social Behaviour.
Page 215 of 262 Page 3 of 6 5.2 Progress Updates
5.2.1 A speed survey has been undertaken in order to address residents’ concerns around traffic issues around Bilsdale Grove to minimise the risk to pedestrians. Preventative measures are now being considered along with funding.
5.2.2 The Area Team has had an overwhelming response to consultation letters to several streets around Portobello and Rutherglen Drive regarding the proposal to install parking restrictions to improve residents’ safety on a bus route. As a result further proposals to install additional parking bays are being considered.
5.2.3 Ward Members continue to investigate parking issues and improvement options around Kingsley and Stanhope which is causing issues with both residents and the local primary school.
5.2.4 The Southcoates East Ward will have the community bus for the first time to tour the ward during 2017 with dates to be confirmed. Ward Members, the Area Team and partner agencies will be present on the day and the bus will tour the ward to give residents the opportunity to meet and discuss issues of concern.
5.3 Future Plans
5.3.1 A community Keep Britain Tidy event will be held with the pupils of Archbishop Sentamu Academy and Eden Preston Road project with the assistance of the Area Team.
5.3.2 The next edition of the Southcoates West Ward newsletter is due to be delivered to all households in December 2016.
5.3.3 The Area Team will work with Child Dynamix and Woodlands school to establish a football league on the Flinton Fields site and look to improve facilities in order to engage with hard to reach young people.
6. Southcoates West
6.1 Achievements
6.1.1 To address the issues of security and help to reduce the incidents of burglary, gating schemes on the final two un-gated ten foots have been approved and funded from the ward budget.
6.1.2 A patchwalk with the Area Team, Ward Councillors and Surveyors was undertaken to inspect ongoing works and engage with residents with regards to the impact of the Estcourt Street improvement works.
Page 216 of 262 Page 4 of 6 6.2 Progress Updates
6.2.1 A meeting with the Ward Councillors, Area Team and local businesses was undertaken to discuss joint working to reduce anti social behaviour in the Sweet Dews Grove area.
6.2.2 Work is continuing on schedule with the Estcourt street frontage improvements. The Area Team will continue to attend a weekly meeting should residents wish to express concerns or queries.
6.2.3 Work is due to commence on the David Lister site in December 2016. Upon commencement the Area Team will facilitate a meeting with the Ward Councillors, residents and contractors to review progress.
6.3 Future Plans
6.3.1 Work is continuing on planning the family fun day to be held around Easter on Rosmead St. Working in partnership with local community groups funded will be secured to host of free family activities and entertainment day.
6.3.2 The next edition of the Southcoates West Ward newsletter is due to be delivered to all households in December 2016.
6.3.3 To address environmental issues across the ward provisional dates to hold six ‘Bring Out Your Rubbish’ days in 2017 have been arranged.
7. Park Area Update
7.1 Following a review of the ward tasking arrangements it has been decided to merge both the Holderness and Marfleet ward tasking with the Southcoates East and Southcoates West ward tasking. This will further encourage attendance and commitment at the meetings by partners who are currently attending two meetings. This will be reviewed in the spring 2017. As opposed to the traditional survey consultation to identify priorities, partners will be considering statistical data and local intelligence received at the bus forums and from Ward Members for example.
7.2 The Area Team will continue to work with organisations and Ward Members to identify Social Action Projects for consideration by organisations such as Community Payback, Tiger’s Trust and the Business Sector.
7.3 Following on from previous successful events the Park and East Area Teams have arranged for a further ‘Park/East Area In Bloom’ event to take place on 8 th December 2016. Ward members and The Lord Mayor will be in attendance. All who engaged in the competition will receive a certificate and DVD for their achievement followed by refreshments.
Page 217 of 262 Page 5 of 6 7.4 Following on from the successful event last year members of the Park and East Area Teams will be supporting the wider Park/East area joint luncheon club Christmas Party event at the Ings Plus centre on 15 th December 2016.
7.5 The Area Team continues to support the Community Guardian project. The Guardians advise that the luncheon clubs remain a success with 9 being delivered and a further 11 new requests received across the East/Park/North Carr boundary area. The new requests are on hold until funding has been secured. Two recent funding bids were unfortunately declined; however a further decision is awaited from the NHS on funding where delivery and sustainability of projects will be further reviewed.
7.6 The Area team will continue to attend partner events, including Youth Parliament, and the Youth Engagement events at Archbishop Sentamu. Feedback from these events will help inform future community safety priorities and enable the team to work in partnership with youth services to address local ward issues where practicable. This will feed into the ward tasking meetings for consideration.
7.7 Due to the limited information available at this current time, the Area Team is currently collating data on social activity available across the wider Park/East area in order to produce a timetable of activity for marketing and distribution. This work will be on-going and require regular monitoring and partner input.
8. Next Steps
8.1 The Area Team will continue to work closely with Ward Members, local residents, community groups and partner agencies to identify issues and deliver solutions. Regular meetings and events allow partners and residents the opportunity to discuss issues of concern and develop projects for the benefit of the local neighbourhoods and the wider community.
Dave Richmond City Neighbourhoods and Housing Manager
Contact Officer: J Moore, N Ware, S Guy, Neighbourhood Co-ordinators Telephone No.: (01482) 616883 Officer interests: None Background Documents: None
Page 218 of 262 Page 6 of 6
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards : Holderness, 30 November 2016 Marfleet, Southcoates East and Southcoates West
Park Ward Budgets and Sc.106 Funds Briefing Paper
Briefing Paper of the City Neighbourhoods and Housing Manager
1. Purpose of the Briefing Paper
1.1 To update Members on the Ward Budget revenue and capital unallocated funds remaining for 2016/17 for each ward.
1.2 To update Members on the s106 budget provision for each ward.
2. Issues for Consideration
2.1 All Wards are allocated a revenue and capital allocation to award to projects that can demonstrate a positive impact on the targeted community. Applications are considered on their own merit and funding is allocated in accordance with the specified criteria for the budget.
2.2 Ward budget project proposals are tabled at Ward Member briefings and progressed in line with the delegation procedures agreed by the Park Area Committee at its meeting held on 24th September 2014 (minute 30 refers).
2.3 The s.106 Planning Obligation Protocol, December 2014 (updated December 2015) requires details and costings of projects seeking Section 106 funding to be endorsed by Planning Services and then confirmed by the Area Committee.
2.4 The tables below provide an update on unallocated ward budgets and available section 106 funds. Budget summary sheets are enclosed with this briefing note.
3. Funds available to Holderness Ward 2016/17
Funds Amount available to Amount remaining (£) spend in 2016/17 (£)
Ward budget (revenue) 73,475.69 4,492.18 Ward budget (capital) 207,988.32 37,972.00 Section 106 160,612.70 Page 219 of 262 Page 1 of 2 4. Funds available to Marfleet Ward 2016/17
Funds Amount available to Amount remaining (£) spend in 2016/17 (£)
Ward budget (revenue) 44,616.98 8,943.82 Ward budget (capital) 182,176.64 53,741.43 Section 106 1,610.63
5. Funds available to Southcoates East Ward 2016/17
Funds Amount available to Amount remaining (£) spend in 2015/16 (£)
Ward budget (revenue) 20,583.67 5,342.60 Ward budget (capital) 108,929.04 29,454.33 Section 106 52,349.38
6. Funds available to Southcoates West Ward 2016/17
Funds Amount available to Amount re maining (£) spend in 2015/16 (£)
Ward budget (revenue) 30,047.15 9,550.42 Ward budget (capital) 72,702.89 25,610.70 Section 106 0.00
7. Next steps
7.1 All project proposals will be tabled for the relevant ward members’ consideration and progressed in line with agreed delegations. Ward budget projects will contribute to the improvement of the lives of local residents, making neighbourhoods better places to live and work.
7.2 Further briefing papers or reports as appropriate will be tabled to inform members of funding available.
Dave Richmond City Neighbourhoods and Housing Manager
Contact Officer: Su Guy Telephone No. : 01482 616883
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: None Page 220 of 262 Page 2 of 2 Section 106 Money
Park Area Committee
Holderness Marfleet Southcoates East and West
TABLE 1 - MONEY AVAILABLE
Application Number Legal File Reference Address Money Available Date to be used by Ward To be used for (as specified in the s.106 Notes agreement) 31388 79585/272 east of 23 Cavendish Road £1,556.97 18/02/2021 Holderness Urban greenspace and/or playspace in the vicinity
32203 79585/303 Ganstead Grove/Exeter Grove/Rimswell Grove £48,716.36 17/03/2026 Southcoates East Urban greenspace and play space in the vicinity 16444J 77120 Woodleigh Drive Remaining sum 20/03/2017 Holderness Urban Greenspace to be provided NE Sutton Funds from Chamberlain Road £1,106.06 Road and play provision on Dorchester Road requires money to be spent at Pelican Park so Woodleigh Drive funds are re- allocated between different wards.
28431A (allowed on appeal) 79585/242 Chamberlain Road, former Brooklands Sports £157,949.67 3/8/2025 for club house Drypool is source but focus of expenditure is Club house contribution and its procurement. provision and 3/8/2020 for within Holderness off site urban greenspace 6339F 79585/123 4 Aberdeen Street £3,633.02 29/09/2021 Southcoates East Urban greenspace and play in vicinity Payment completed by instalments 10004B 79585/245 Brickyard Cottage, Church Lane £1,610.63 04/02/2025 Marfleet Urban greenspace/play provision in the vicinity Funds confirmed with AC 26/10/15 £214,572.71 Total available money Holderness £160,612.70 Marfleet £1,610.63 Southcoates East £52,349.38 Southcoates West Total available money £214,572.71
TABLE 2 - PROJECT ALLOCATIONS/STATUS
Project name Legal File Reference Area Committee Record Ward Planning application Project description and costs Status (concept/procurement/start/completed) Target Date to Spend s106 funds committed s106 funds remaining Notes source Brandsby/Lingdale Park 79585/137 28/01/2015, minute 64 Marfleet 9659U - Parthian Road Provide upgraded play facilities and planting. Concept 27/04/2019 £3,288 (former Corporation Yard) East Park 79585/156 28/01/2015, minute 64 Holderness 13100M £7,766 East Park 77120 Feb 2016, minute 83B Holderness 16444J East Park play equipment Concept 20/03/2017 £40K East Park cycle scheme 78514, 79585/72, 28/01/2015, Minute 64 Holderness 9955K (556 Holderness New and improved access routes and cycle Concept 29/11/2018, 11/02/2014, 09/12/2014, £2,000 + £1,353.97 + £3,196 + Partial re-allocation from Pelican Park 79585/21, 79585/118A Road) (part), 28309, stand/cover 24/07/2013 £2,458 = £9,007.97 project 27984, 29451C Hedon Road Memorial garden 79585/142 28/01/2015, Minute 64 Marfleet 292 Marfleet Avenue Provision of benches, planters and litter bins. Concept end 2015 £1,200 Lorenzo Way, St Johns Grove 79585/105A, 79585/113, 28/01/2015, Minute 64 Southcoates East 26884B - £35,607.65, 59R - 59R - allocated for new and replacement play Concept 13/05/2020, 15/07/2015, 14/08/2022, £35,607.65 + £18,016.86 + + and Mappleton Fields 79585/197A, 79585/125 £18,016.86, 29365 - equipment at Lorenzo Field 08/07/2019 and 28/09/2017 £1,434.00 + £92,570.76 + and 79585/220 £1,434.00 and 31211- £5,938.66 = £153,567.91 £92,570.76 plus 12814J - £5,938.66 for St Johns Grove Rosmead Street play area and 79585/163 and 28/01/2015, Minute 64 Southcoates West 9955K part, 3155M and ? Concept 14/08/2022 £2,500 = 29,274 and £1,493 = East Hull rugby pavilion 79585/296 32004 £33,267 Total allocations £208,096
TABLE 3 - PROJECT COMPLETIONS
Project name Legal File Reference Area Committee Record Ward Planning application Project description and costs Status (concept/procurement/start/completed) Target Date to Spend s106 funds committed s106 funds remaining Notes source Rosmead Fields play 79585/50 Minute 117 Southcoates West 21314D Playing field improvements including climbing wall Completed £5,009.75 is balance remaining equipment from Estcourt climbing wall project transferred to Rosmead PF
TABLE 4 - PLANNING PERMISSIONS WITH s106
Date of Agreement Legal File No. App No Address For Payment due Date Receipt use by Ward Amount £ Notes 21/09/2007 79585/102A 16761L 62 - 64 New Bridge Urban greenspace within 12 Months following commencement or no later Within 5 years of receipt Southcoates West 2,400.40 Built. Money requested. Original company Road the vicinity then occupation of the first went into liquidation but chasing current ownership as liability has changed.
11/07/2013 79585/302 3318H 884 Holderness Road Urban greenspace and 6 months from first occupation 10 years Holderness £985 pos and £732 play No development at SV 17/9/14 play space in the vicinity 10/02/2014 79585/307 13092J 119 Marfleet Lane Urban greenspace/play in 6 months from commencement or no later than 10 years Marfleet £7,365 Instalments agreed as only 2 properties the vicinity first dwelling occupation are sold and £7,119 received as of Sept16 via instalments. 28/02/2014 79585/189A 29497D Leads Road, 1 Leads Urban greenspace and 2 yrs following commencement or no later than 10 years Holderness £1473 pos/play space plus £30 bins Cottages play space in the vicinity occupation of the dwelling 01/12/2014 79585/233A 9452N Marfleet Lane, Urban greenspace and 12 Months following commencement or no later 10 years Marfleet £11,793 plus 270 for bins No development at SV 9/6/15 between 104 and 110 play provision then commencement of the penultimate dwelling
14/12/2015 UU 15/01534/COU East Hull Baptist £5K for use at Rosmead Within 6 months of first occupation or 2 years 10 years Southcoates West £5,052 Works undeway and flats nearing being Church, 604 Park and recycling from commencement watertight at sv made on 6/9/16 Holderness Road facilities 30/03/2016 UU 15/00998/Full United Reformed £14K for the improvement Within 6 months of first occupation or 2 years 10 years Southcoates West £14,030 No development at sv 6/9/16 Church, 440-442 of sports pitches at from commencement Holderness Road Rosmead Park and recycling facilities 15/00800/Full Marfleet Lane, Marfleet Details to be determined but likely that between 104 and 110 - pos/play works to occur nearby. Footpath phase 1 link to cycle track to be improved along with adjacent pos on north side of the site via Grampian planning condition and/or negotiation with applicant. 15/0779/Full Marfleet Lane, between 104 and 110 - phase 2
24/08/2016 UU 15/01618/Full Maybury Pos/play nearby at Flinton To pay open space and play provision prior to 10 years Southcoates East £18,343.83 Development of 2 sites (Maybury and Road/Portobello Primary School, Barleigh occupation of 75% buildings and recycle provision Portobello) and across different wards. Street Park and Grasby Park contribution prior to 25% of dwellings occupation. Portobello site within Southcoates East ward. Both sites started on or prior to Page 221 of 262 14/9/16 at sv.
Note 1 - As of 1 April 2015 no more than 4 x s106's can be used for any 1 project location as required under Planning Obligation regulation changes unless these were signed prior to April 2010. Note 2 - Urban greenspace nearby usually means within 1km of the planning application site or further should a project involve a park. Child play provision should also be provided less than 500m and without need to cross major roads or other barriers accessed from the planning application site. Note 3 - In using s106 funds it must be demonstrated (as part of the bid for s106) how the residents of new housing derived from the planning approval and related s106 will benefit from the works/project indicated. Updates 18/2/2015 and circulated to Area Team 26/3/2015 and circ to Area Team 3/6/15 and circ to Area Team 12/10/15 and circ the Area Team 22/3/16 and circ Area Team 13/05/2016 15/09/2016 29/09/2016 8/11/16 and circ AT
Page 222 of 262 Holderness - CAPITAL CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per brought forward Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment 10/2009 HO005/050-Cap Park Area Team Equipment for Halloween Event 28/09/2010 1,945.22 1,945.22 HO090-Cap Streetcare Grit bins 18/01/2013 965.00 965.00 HO091-Cap Conservation Department Commemorative Blue Plaque 240.00 240.00 HO096-Cap Child Dynamix Youth sport and play 26/03/2013 850.00 850.00 HO097-Cap Park Area Team Park Area Schools projects 2,500.00 2,500.00 HO107-Cap Woodcraft Ltd 1 x wooden york bench plaque 07/05/2013 34.00 34.00 HO117-Cap 25/06/2014 HOLD 002-Cap Highways Rockford Fields path 18/10/2016 5,915.65 5,915.65 HOLD 005-Cap Park Area Team Cullen Close play park 06/01/2015 4,812.01 4,812.01 HOLD 009-Cap Park Area Team Speed cushion removal Gillshill Road 05/02/2015 11,753.41 11,753.41 2010/11 Verge Protection 07/03/2011 350.03 350.03 HO050-CSF Streetcare Litter bins 04/07/2012 900.00 900.00 Supply & installation of notice board Stoneferry HOLD 017-Cap Ron Cook Engineering area 06/01/2016 780.00 780.00 0.00 HOLD 020-Cap Park Area Team Gating projects 21/01/2016 20,000.00 20,000.00 HOLD 021-Cap Park Area Team Fencing projects 21/01/2016 19,401.00 19,401.00 HOLD 022-Cap Park Area Team Street lighting improvements 21/01/2016 20,000.00 20,000.00 HOLD 023-Cap Park Area Team TRO and associated project 21/01/2016 15,000.00 15,000.00 HOLD 024-Cap Park Area Team Play area improvements 21/01/2016 40,000.00 40,000.00 HOLD 025-Cap Park Area Team Footpath/road improvements 21/01/2016 12,983.00 12,983.00 HOLD 026-Cap Park Area Team Slurry sealing 7,017.00 6,099.00 918.00 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 165,446.32
Projects 2016/17 - Holderness Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 165,446.32
Budget to allocate 2016/17 42,542.00
Actual Spend per Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment HOLD 027-Cap Hull Culture & Leisure Ltd Repairs to East Park jetty 19/11/2015 4,000.00 4,000.00 0.00 HOLD 028-Cap Street Lighting Lee Street Villas sign 21/06/2016 120.00 120.00 0.00 HOLD 029-Cap Parks & Gardens Double Victoriana bin Lindengate 29/09/2016 450.00 450.00 HOLD 030-Cap 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 37,972.00 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 37,972.00 Actual Oracle Spend 10,999.00 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 159,017.32
Page 223 of 262 Marfleet - CAPITAL CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per Project brought forward Oracle Outstanding Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment MA001/8/60/79/ 11/01/2012 80/81-Cap 25/06/2014 MARF 013-Cap Park Area Team Highways & parking schemes 23/07/2014 13,120.45 13,120.45 MA048-Cap Streetcare Litter bins/grit bins 26/04/2012 3,804.75 3,804.75 MA077-Cap Animal Education Centre New and replacement stock 09/12/2013 69.98 69.98 MARF 002-Cap Park Area Team Highways & Parking 25/06/2014 6,522.44 6,522.44 MARF 003-Cap Park Area Team Highways & Parking 2 25/06/2014 5,647.21 5,647.21 MARF 004-Cap Park Area Team Environmental project 06/02/2015 2,000.00 2,000.00 MARF 005-Cap Park Area Team Community projects Marfleet 06/02/2015 5,000.00 5,000.00 MARF 006-Cap Park Area Team Community projects Greatfield 06/02/2015 5,000.00 5,000.00 MARF 007-Cap Park Area Team Community projects Sutton Trust 06/02/2015 5,000.00 5,000.00 MARF 008-Cap Park Area Team Community projects Bilton Grange 06/02/2015 5,000.00 5,000.00 MA034-CSF Outdoor Leisure Replacement sign on Adizone 25/02/2013 178.00 178.00 MARF 015-Cap Streetscene Street sign Clarance Avenue/Delhi Street 150.00 150.00 MARF 016-Cap Highways/Traffic Annandale Road removal of priority system 10/09/2015 36.38 36.38 MARF 017-Cap Highways/Traffic Ceylon Street no right turn TRO 5,000.00 5,000.00 MARF 018-Cap Streetlighting Marfleet Avenue lighting 4,469.66 4,469.66 MARF 020-Cap Parks & Gardens Bransby Lingdale play area 18/12/2015 5,000.00 5,000.00 MARF 021-Cap Parks & Gardens Falkland Road green/play space 18/12/2015 10,000.00 10,000.00 MARF 022-Cap Park Area Team Highways & Parking schemes 18/12/2015 47,436.34 47,436.34 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 123,435.21
Projects 2016/17 - Marfleet Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 128,692.64
Budget to allocate 2016/17 53,484.00
Actual Spend per Project Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment MARF 023-Cap Highways Ceylon Street TRO 06/09/2016 5,000.00 5,000.00 0.00 MARF 024-Cap 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 48,484.00 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 53,741.43 Actual Oracle Spend 5,000.00 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 123,435.21
Page 224 of 262 Southcoates East - CAPITAL CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per brought forward Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment SE035-Cap Environmental improvements Redevelop BMX track 01/07/2012 5,000.00 5,000.00 Small works projects Schools and Community SE049-Cap Environmental improvements Centre 31/10/2012 2,000.00 2,000.00 Landscape improvements to hotspot areas within SE053/55/59-Cap Environmental improvements the ward 15/08/2013 6,276.00 6,276.00 SE036-CSF Community Payback Tools and equipment 16/03/2012 580.24 580.24 SCEA 008-Cap Traffic Services Kingsley/Stanhope Avenue TRO and laybys 19/01/2015 32,356.80 32,356.80 SCEA 010-Cap Traffic Services TRO Rutherglen Drive and surrounding area 27/11/2015 3,800.00 3,800.00 SCEA 011-Cap Park Area Team Flashing speed sign Maybury Road 24/01/2016 11,500.00 11,500.00 SCEA 012-Cap PROBE Target hardening 24/01/2016 0.00 0.00 SCEA 013-Cap Parks & Gardens Parks improvements 24/01/2016 15,411.00 15,411.00 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 76,924.04
Projects 2016/17 - Southcoates East Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 77,924.04
Budget to allocate 2016/17 31,005.00
Actual Spend per Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment SCEA 012-Cap PROBE Target hardening 10/06/2016 1,500.00 1,500.00 0.00 SCEA 014-Cap Highways Tiger Teeth Ryehill Grove 10/06/2016 300.00 300.00 SCEA 015-Cap Traffic Services Traffic survey Bilsdale Grove 10/06/2016 90.00 90.00 SCEA 016-Cap Ron Cook Engineers/AB Rooms Southcoates Avenue gating scheme 28/10/2016 480.67 480.67 SCEA 017-Cap Traffic Services Speed survey Oban Avenue 28/10/2016 90.00 90.00 SCEA 018-Cap Traffic Services Speed survey St Johns Grove 28/10/2016 90.00 90.00 SCEA 019-Cap 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 28,454.33 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 29,454.33 Actual Oracle Spend 1,500.00 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 77,974.71
Page 225 of 262 Southcoates West - CAPITAL CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per brought forward Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment SW074-Cap SW069-CSF 11/01/2012 SCWE 006-CSF Park Area Team Sports forum and youth inclusion 25/02/2015 9,858.13 9,858.13 SW110-Cap Printing 3 x school dog foul posters PVC schools 16/09/2013 0.00 0.00 SCWE 015-Cap KWL Remove and replace fencing Esctourt Street 09/11/2015 120.00 120.00 SCWE 016-Cap Traffic Services White lines opposite 140 Rustenburg 09/11/2015 150.00 150.00 SCWE 017-Cap P E Davis & Son Ltd Electrics for folding doors Sacred Heart 23/12/2015 385.00 385.00 0.00 SCWE 018-Cap Traffic Services Holderness Road laybys 21/01/2016 7,000.00 5,800.00 1,200.00 Additional lighting column Fern Avenue SCWE 019-Cap Street Lighting Middleburg Street 21/06/2016 1,200.00 1,200.00 SCWE 020-Cap Thompsons Fencing & AB Rooms Estcourt gating scheme 26/01/2016 757.00 77.00 680.00 SCWE 021-Cap Thompsons Fencing & AB Rooms Sherwood gating scheme 26/01/2016 1,517.00 167.00 1,350.00 SCWE 022-Cap NPS East Hull Rugby Club building improvements 26/01/2016 247.50 247.50 0.00 SCWE 023-Cap Traffic Services Highways schemes 26/01/2016 18,626.26 18,626.26 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 39,860.89
Projects 2016/17 - Southcoates West Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 39,951.89
Budget to allocate 2016/17 32,751.00
Actual Spend per Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment SCWE 024-Cap Wilberforce College Green power kit car 01/03/2016 500.00 500.00 0.00 SCWE 025-Cap Parks & Gardens White line machine for Rosmead playing field 21/06/2016 800.00 800.00 SCWE 026-Cap Traffic Services H Bar Rustenburg Street 21/06/2016 91.00 91.00 0.00 SCWE 027-Cap Highways Internal Trading Tiger teeth Lodge Street/Whitworth Street 21/06/2016 200.00 200.00 SCWE 028-Cap Street Lighting Street sign for Ermiston Villas 21/06/2016 256.30 256.30 0.00 SCWE 029-Cap Probe Ltd Target hardening 21/06/2016 1,000.00 1,000.00 0.00 SCWE 030-Cap East West Multi Martial Arts Equipment 21/06/2016 4,000.00 4,000.00 0.00 SCWE 031-Cap AB Rooms & Ron Cook Engineers Sherwood lock 05/09/2016 166.00 76.00 90.00 SCWE 032-Cap AB Rooms & Ron Cook Engineers Faraday locks 06/09/2016 83.00 38.00 45.00 SCWE 033-Cap Ron Cook Engineers Faraday locks/Little Watt Street 28/10/2016 45.00 45.00 SCWE 034-Cap Ron Cook Engineers Estcourt Street and Sherwood Avenue locks 90.00 90.00 SCWE 035-Cap 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 25,519.70 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 25,610.70 Actual Oracle Spend 12,637.80 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 34,454.39
Page 226 of 262 Holderness - REVENUE CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per brought forward Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment 2008/2009 Elliott Hire Pelican Park portakabins change facilities 10/02/2009 414.00 414.00 0.00 HO010/15/22-Rev Park Area Team Publicity 28/09/2010 3,392.26 357.00 3,035.26 HO023-Rev Streetscene Bins 25/09/2014 1,052.63 1,052.63
HO025-Rev Traffic Management Feasability Study Ings Road/Savoy Road junction 14/05/2013 1,000.00 1,000.00 HO026-Rev Cullen Park 600.00 600.00 HOLD 007-Rev Street Lighting Ullswater Drive signage 05/02/2015 600.00 600.00 HOLD 008-Rev Child Dynamix Sporting activities 2015 school holidays 05/02/2015 1,500.00 1,500.00 0.00 HOLD 009-Rev Hull Events Team Veterans Weekend 2015 childrens play area 05/02/2015 1,000.00 1,000.00 HOLD 010-Rev Streetcare Lorraine Street/Mayville Avenue clearance 05/02/2015 1,300.00 1,300.00 HOLD 012-Rev Waste Management BOYRD's 05/02/2015 12,150.00 12,150.00 HOLD 014-Rev Park Area Team Defibrillator for East Park 05/02/2015 2,000.00 2,000.00 HOLD 016-Rev Park Area Team Heritage trail 05/02/2015 3,000.00 3,000.00 HOLD 020-Rev Park Area Team Mayville Avenue community safety event 13/07/2015 150.00 50.00 100.00 HOLD 021-Rev Park Area Team Hull in Bloom 27/08/2015 14.00 14.00 HOLD 024-Rev Addloo Toilet hire Lamorna Allottments 20/10/2015 756.80 677.60 79.20 Treatment of knot week cycle path under Sutton HOLD 025-Rev NPS Humber Road bridge 13/11/2015 230.00 230.00 HOLD 027-Rev Streetscene Flytip clean up Mayville Avenue/Lorraine Street 19/11/2015 120.00 120.00 HOLD 028-Rev Ron Cook Engineering Relocate container to Pelican Park 08/12/2015 270.00 270.00 0.00 HOLD 030-Rev Pest Control Gulley clean tenfoot Mayville/Lorraine Street 07/12/2015 405.00 405.00 0.00 HOLD 032-Rev Park Area Team Clearance of tenfoots 21/01/2016 10,000.00 10,000.00 HOLD 033-Rev Park Area Team Community Cohesion projects 21/01/2016 25,000.00 25,000.00 HOLD 034-Rev Ron Cook Engineering Ground siting works at Pelican Park 08/02/2016 400.00 400.00 0.00 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 65,354.69
Projects 2016/17 - Holderness Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 65,264.69
Budget to allocate 2016/17 8,211.00
Actual Spend per Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment HOLD 035-Rev Humberside Police Security improvements James Reckitt Avenue 04/05/2016 2,562.50 2,562.50 0.00 HOLD 036-Rev HCC Stores Litter tongs 20/05/2016 297.20 297.20 0.00 HOLD 037-Rev Brandon Hire Hire of toilets for Westcott school event 22/06/2016 70.00 70.00 0.00 Friends of Pelican Park sports tournament HOLD 038-Rev MWJ Trophies weekend 21/06/2016 475.76 475.76 0.00 HOLD 039-Rev Traffic Services H-Bar markings 21/06/2016 100.00 100.00 0.00 HOLD 040-Rev East & Park Area Teams In Bloom presentation night 50.00 50.00 HOLD 041-Rev Park Area Team/Westobys Equipment for redecorating VET's Pavilion 28/10/2016 163.05 163.05 HOLD 042-Rev 0.00 0.00 0.00
Autism Plus Christmas event unspent allocation -89.69 -89.69 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 4,582.18 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 4,492.18 Actual Oracle Spend 7,489.37 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 61,494.14
Page 227 of 262 Marfleet - REVENUE CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per brought forward Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment MA023-Rev Park Area Team Publicity 11/10/2012 1,070.44 768.00 302.44 MA039-Rev 25/06/2014 MARF 011-Rev Park Area Team Highways & parking schemes 23/07/2014 1,831.85 1,831.85 MA040-Rev Brandsby/Lingdale park phase 2 23/07/2013 9,517.17 9,517.17 MA045-Rev Sports Development Pitch markings 100.00 100.00 Removal of bollards Preston Road Marfleet Lane MA049-Rev Highways Internal Trading junction 02/04/2014 220.00 220.00 MARF 002-Rev Park Area Team Environmental projects 16/03/2015 150.80 150.80 MARF 004-Rev Friends of Greatfield Refreshments for fun day 50.00 50.00 MARF 009-Rev Child Dynamix Summer holiday activities 25/09/2015 1,500.00 1,400.00 100.00 MARF 012-Rev Amanda's Blue Orchid Funeral display 13/11/2015 40.00 40.00 0.00 MARF 015-Rev Waste Management BOYRD's 18/12/2015 12,000.00 12,000.00 0.00 MARF 016-Rev Traffic Services Speed survey Griffin Road 18/12/2015 1,000.00 1,000.00 MARF 017-Rev St Giles Church Rememberance Sunday events 18/12/2015 200.00 200.00 MARF 018-Rev Child Dynamix/Youth Services School holiday extra provision activities 18/12/2015 2,000.00 1,400.00 600.00 MARF 019-Rev St Hildas Greatfield 60 celebrations 18/12/2015 1,500.00 1,500.00 MARF 020-Rev Park Area Team Marfleet Schools forums 18/12/2015 2,000.00 2,000.00 0.00 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 33,180.26
Projects 2016/17 - Marfleet Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 34,293.98
Budget to allocate 2016/17 10,323.00
Actual Spend per Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment MARF 021-Rev St Stephens Film Days 06/09/2016 174.00 174.00 MARF 022-Rev St Stephens Face painter and workshops 06/09/2016 385.00 385.00 MARF 023-Rev 92nd Brownies Division Day and equipment 10/06/2016 383.90 383.90 0.00 MARF 024-Rev Hull Amateur Rugby League Johnny Whitely Cup 08/09/2016 1,000.00 1,000.00 MARF 025-Rev East & Park Area Teams In Bloom presentation night 50.00 50.00 MARF 026-Rev Park Area Team Hedon Road Memorial Garden planting 02/11/2016 500.00 500.00 MARF 027-Rev 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 7,830.10 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 8,943.82 Actual Oracle Spend 15,991.90 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 19,681.26
Page 228 of 262 Southcoates East - REVENUE CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per brought forward Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment SE023-Rev Traffic Services No 3 St Johns Grove TRO scheme 14/01/2013 4,000.00 4,000.00 SCEA 001-Rev Park Area Team Publicity 22/07/2014 2,813.88 2,813.88 SCEA 006-Rev Park Area Team Skip days 24/01/2016 3,000.00 3,000.00 SCEA 007-Rev Park Area Team BOYRD 24/01/2016 4,784.79 4,784.79 0.00 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 14,598.67
Projects 2016/17 - Southcoates East Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 14,598.67
Budget to allocate 2016/17 5,985.00
Actual Spend per Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment SCEA 008-Rev Cemeteries Top soil for Alderman Coogan School 22/06/2016 35.00 35.00 0.00 SCEA 009-Rev Southcoates Community Group After school club 05/09/2016 557.40 557.40 0.00 SCEA 010-Rev East & Park Area Teams In Bloom presentation night 50.00 50.00 SCEA 011-Rev 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 5,342.60 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 5,342.60 Actual Oracle Spend 592.40 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 14,648.67
Page 229 of 262 Southcoates West - REVENUE CIB
Projects still current from previous years
Actual Commitment Spend per brought forward Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date from prev year 16/17 Commitment SW042-Rev Streetcare 2 x skips 27/01/2014 160.00 160.00 SW044-Rev East Park Monkey/Meerkat educational project 0.00 0.00 SCWE 001-Rev Park Area Team Publicity 24/06/2014 2,231.52 200.00 2,031.52 SCWE 012-Rev Waste Management BOYRD's 25/02/2015 11,050.06 11,050.06 0.00 SCWE 013-Rev Streetscene Skip hire Belmont Street 25/02/2015 75.00 75.00 SCWE 015-Rev Sports Forum Sports Forum and youth inclusion 25/02/2015 2,543.85 2,543.85 SCWE 020-Rev Street Lighting Selinas Crescent signage 23/09/2015 120.00 120.00 0.00 SCWE 021-Rev Parks & Gardens Escourt School trees 23/09/2015 215.00 215.00 SCWE 023-Rev Streetscene Skip hire Sacred Heart 23/09/2015 75.00 75.00 SCWE 024-Rev Streetscene Skip hire for Belmont Street clear up 23/09/2015 75.00 75.00 1 x double Victoriana bin for 520 Holderness SCWE 027-Rev Parks & Gardens Road 13/11/2015 50.00 50.00 SCWE 028-Rev AB Rooms Rosedale Avenue lock 23/12/2015 41.50 41.50 SCWE 029-Rev St Johns Church St Johns Church Project 26/01/2016 1,000.00 1,000.00 SCWE 030-Rev Parks & Gardens White line machine 26/01/2016 800.00 800.00 SCWE 031-Rev Park Area Team BOYRD's 26/01/2016 1,040.22 1,040.22 250.00 250.00 0.00
Total Commitments from prev financial year 19,727.15
Projects 2016/17 - Southcoates West Transfer of underspend budget 2015/16 23,727.15
Budget to allocate 2016/17 6,320.00
Actual Spend per Amount Awarded Oracle Outstanding Project Number Name of organisation Project Details Approval Date £ (Commitment) 16/17 Commitment SCWE 032-Rev S3 Trading Team 1 x skip Middleburg/Estcourt Streets 11/04/2016 370.67 370.67 SCWE 033-Rev AB Rooms & Ron Cook Engineers Padlock suited for Savery Street 26/04/2016 83.60 83.60 0.00 SCWE 034-Rev SOLE Junior talent contest 21/06/2016 355.00 355.00 0.00 SCWE 035-Rev East & Park Area Teams In Bloom presentation night 50.00 50.00 SCWE 036-Rev 0.00 0.00 Autism Plus Christ event underspend -89.69 -89.69 0.00 0.00 Balance unallocated 16/17 5,550.42 Total balance unallocated / uncommitted 9,550.42 Actual Oracle Spend 11,718.97 Outstanding Commitments (allocated) 8,777.76
Page 230 of 262 Park Area Partnership Meeting 10.00am Monday 10th October 2016 Central Pavilion, East Park
Present Councillor Pantelakis, Marfleet Ward (Chair) Jane Price, Neighbourhoods and Housing Sharon Clay, City Regeneration & Policy Colin Hurst, NHS James Moore, Park Area Team (minutes) Councillor Glew, Southcoates West Ward Cllr Dad, Holderness Ward, Debbie Akester, Housing Pauline Beech, Hull Culture and Leisure (HC and L), James McGuire, Hull City of Culture 2017 Chris Dearing, Renewals Team Programme Leader Liz Jamil, Strategy & Appraisals Manager
Apologies Sylvia Bilsby, Park & East Area Teams Dean Davis, Youth Service, Janet Adamson, Griffin School, Councillor Barratt, Southcoates East Ward, Carol Johnson, Public Health, Sue Lee, NHS, Daphne Robins and Helen Stinson, Regeneration, Inspector Ogden, Humberside Police. Nick Tomlinson, Humberside Fire and Rescue, Steve Alltoft, PROBE
1. Welcome and Apologies
Councillor Pantelakis welcomed partners, apologies were given.
Declarations of Interest
Cllr Pantelakis declared an interest in so far as she is a Board Member of Hull Culture and Leisure (HC andL).
Minutes of the previous meeting
The minutes of the previous meeting were agreed.
Matters arising
None
2. City Plan / European Programme
1. Update on City Plan Sharon Clay stated that the updated version of the City Plan document was at http://cityplanhull.co.uk/ . There had been a meeting in September to look at other themes :- building skills and education and strengthening prevention and early intervention. There had been no real change since the last meeting. Cllr Glew asked if there were any facts or figures with reference to employment and numbers of jobs created so that Ward members could put an article in their newsletters. Sharon will circulate a presentation. Page 231 of 262
2. Update on European funding Community Led Local Development consultation activity has commenced, the bid is in. There will be a decision any time soon for the 2 nd stage bid for a 5 year project worth £3 million with £2 million of match funding, mainly concentrating on community focused projects.
3. City of Culture Hull 2017 Update James McGuire gave an update :- Made in Hull season launch on 22nd September was followed up by 10 days of engagement across the city to talk about the programme and as a result, several hundred people completed volunteer application forms, many of them students.
The first 'Think-In' for Hull's Women of the World Festival (March 2017) started this week (pdf attached). Cllr Glew asked if information could be disseminated earlier in the future. The date for when tickets for 'In With a Bang' become available will be communicated in advance of them becoming available. Councillor Pantelakis stated that she had a number of residents tell her that they were unaware of events and some did not have access to IT and therefore could not apply for digital tickets, she asked if a number of tickets could be placed aside in Wilson Centre for those who would like to attend events but had no IT. James McGuire advised he would feed back to the Board. Cllr Pantelakis asked for confirmation of how many tickets an individual could obtain.
Primary School children have received their first edition of 'Hello Hull' as part of the Learning Programme.
Applicants who applied unsuccessfully for the Creative Communities Programme have been forwarded to national charities for possible assistance. “ Back to ours” local residents will help to promote events and sell tickets ( Freedom Centre and Archbishop Sentamu Academy).
Cllr Pantelakis asked if there was any scope to recruit volunteers with Learning disabilities and James said they were very supportive of that. Cllr Glew asked if there would be a hub of volunteers and James replied that the Interchange would be staffed.
4. Renewals Update
Liz Jamil spoke on the various New Build projects and projected figures and start dates. Ganstead is virtually complete and properties will be handed over at 4 per week. Portobello is underway however a Traffic management plan may need to partially close some roads.
Chris Dearing gave a report (attached). Acquisition has slowed due to waiting for new build properties to come through and the availability of Council stock. The first two phases of demolition are complete and the third is in preparation to start in the New Year. Cllr Pantelakis asked if there had been many Compulsory Purchase Orders, Chris replied that everyone so far was voluntary however until planning permission was in place no CPO could be issued. There were a lot of absenteePage 232 landlords. of 262
The information event held at the Freedom Centre the previous week was well attended.
Refurbishment programmes to Preston Road and Estcourt Street have commenced. Estcourt Street had 98% sign up.
FAB initiative will again be used this year. ASB has reduced on the sites although there had been some reported issues of stones being thrown at cars. James Moore had spoken to Humberside Police and it had been conkers thrown and several youths had been spoken to.
5. Health Updates
Colin Hurst gave an update. Colin discussed the Urgent Care Services review in that there was 3 weeks left of consultation. The majority of the 256 responses to the survey want option 2. Jane Price asked if the responses could be split into postcodes to understand whether there was a pattern of responses, Colin to feedback. The NHS will meet with the local schools as a big concern has come from head teachers as they take any child who is ill or has had an accident to the minor injuries on Ryehill Grove. The NHS may look at the feasibility of an enhanced school nurse provision. Councillor Pantelakis asked who had been surveyed with regards to the Urgent Care Services and reiterated that it was vital that the consultation is both widespread and well publicised but a lot of work seems to have been done. Cllr Glew stated that in her opinion, Bransholme was the wrong location and Holderness Road near East Hull baths would have been a better place for transport links. Cllr Dad agreed with problems around accessibility and wanted to know how the information had been disseminated in order to obtain different views and queried whether members of the public were responding with knowledge and were aware of any consequences.
6. Updates from Partners
Safe No report
Learning No report
Earning No report
7. Dates of Future Meetings
• 16 th January 2017 • 10 th April 2017 • 10 th July 2017
8. Any Other Business
Page 233 of 262 Sharon Clay stated that Hull was recognised as a fair trade city and that HCC is supporting a Greenshare bid. Sharon queried whether the Area Teams can use Fairshare bids when “out and about.” Jane Price stated that it was unlikely in view of the procurement rules. Fair trade fortnight will be the end of February; Cllr Dad asked if it would be going to the Health and Wellbeing board, Sharon was unsure about this issue.
Pauline Beech gave an update (attached) on Orienteering in the parks, there will be 24 routes in 8 parks, brochures will be available in a week from libraries and leisure centres.
Jane Price advised that the Park area the Ward Tasking for Practioners would now be merged as a whole. The first one being Thursday 20 th Oct, 3pm at Unit E, Preston Road.
9. Forward Plan NEETs Update – Learning Services Health Update – NHS/CCG Representative Hull Culture & Leisure – Lisa Johnson City Plan Update – Iain Atkinson Green Port Update – Helen Stenson Renewals Update – Chris Dearing Youth Development – Dean Davis
Any further proposals to be sent to Sylvia Bilsby
10. Close
Councillor Pantelakis thanked partners for attending the meeting.
Page 234 of 262 NHS Hull CCG Update
1. Integrated Care Centre
The Integrated Care Centre, to be built on the former David Lister School site is expected to start on site this November with planned completion by Spring 2018.
2. Urgent Care
Previous engagement work has highlighted that patients report that there is confusion on opening times, locations and what can be provided from each site due to the number of options available. This has created frustration for residents in times of urgent needs. Surveys undertaken relating to urgent care and GP Out of Hours show that the vast majority, 92% of respondents, agreed that care or treatment should be available at all times, (including evenings and weekends) and 69% of people agreed that they would be willing to travel to another part of the city for treatment, The proposal is that a 24/7 integrated urgent care located at Bransholme Health Centre could meet these needs providing:-.
• Increased opening hours 24 hour, 7 days per week; currently the minor injuries provision at the Freedom Centre is 9am-5pm, Monday to Friday and at Bransholme 9am-8pm, 7 days per week. • Improved diagnostic ability, an x-ray facility will be added to the urgent care service provision at Bransholme Health Centre; there is no x-ray provision at the Freedom Centre • Improved primary care access to x-ray for GPs • The delivery of a service that is easy to understand for the general public in terms of access, location and presenting need
The options that NHS Hull CCG would like to consult and work with the public on are:
• Option 1 – Do nothing and keep the current service locations, opening times and access times as is.
• Option 2 – Relocate the MIU from Freedom Centre activity into Bransholme Health Centre with no alternative health provision on this site. Relocate the GP OOHs service from Diadem Health Centre into Bransholme Health Centre in order to provide a 24/7 Integrated Urgent Care Service.
• Option 3 – Relocate the MIU activity from Freedom Centre into Bransholme Health Centre. Relocate the GP OOHs service from Diadem Health Centre into Bransholme Health Centre in order to provide a 24/7 Integrated Urgent Care Service. Work with local residents on what health input may need to be maintained at Freedom Centre as an alternative to the current MIU provision, based on current activity and need. Page 235 of 262
Page 236 of 262 HULL + POSITIVE FUTURE
Page 237 of 262
Page 238 of 262 INTRODUCTION THIS IS HULL
Capitalising on the city’s Northern position at As Hull gets ready to host UK City of Culture 2017, the biggest regeneration programme the city has ever seen is underway. Multi the heart of the UK’s biggest port complex million pound investment will see many of the city centre streets and and its role as UK City of Culture 2017, Hull is cultural venues transformed, providing a fitting stage for Hull’s year in the international spotlight to create a lasting legacy. seizing a once-in-a-generation opportunity to Hull’s position as a key trading port for the movement of goods, reassert its role as the gateway to Europe and services and people places the North at a strategic advantage in resolving issues that are well recognised by the Government in terms the rest of the world. As part of the Northern of seeking to ‘re-balance the economy. Hull’s ports and access to Powerhouse of cities, this will help to trading economies provides the opportunity to support the Northern Powerhouse by inward and outward trade outside of the southern rebalance the economic, social and cultural ports. Hull being part of the ‘relay team’ working with the others, fabric of the UK. would be able to fully support and engage in the delivery of logistical solutions along the E20 corridor and beyond internationally. There is an opportunity to address the UKs recognised unnatural and Hull is establishing itself as a place where great things are happening. misaligned trade flows, removing congestions from the South East, Since the launch of the City Plan: reducing carbon emissions, improving economic productivity – all part of an E20 solution. But there needs to be much more done to reduce the environmental impact of the current North/South traffic G Hull has been awarded UK City of Culture 2017, giving the opportunity to flows that means: – 200 million wasted road/rail miles or 200,000 raise the profile of the city on a national and international stage. additional truck journeys – 20 million tonnes of ‘unnecessary’ CO2
G Hull is experiencing the highest ever levels of public and private sector emissions. In this context there is a key relationship with Associated investment British Ports (ABP) that the city can help deliver for the region. In the wider context of Transport for the North, ABP need to act as a G Hull has a better offer of quality homes and improved neighbourhoods strategic economic partner for the benefit of the North.
G Hull’s employment rate has increased faster than the national average
G Hull has experienced the fourth highest jobs growth compared to other UK cities Page 239 of 262 G Hull’s Job Seeker Allowance claimants are the lowest they have ever been
EMPLOYMENT 75.0 73.0 G The total employment rate in Hull (66.9%) is the highest it has been since prior to 2005. 71.0 G Currently the total number of people in employment is 115,100. This is 10,300 (9.8%) more people than three years ago. 69.0
G Over the last three years the increase in the employment rate in Hull has 67.0 occurred quicker than nationally - resulting in a narrowing of the gap between Hull and national figures from 10.2 percentage points to 7 65.0 percentage points. 63.0 G Between 2011 and 2014 (latest figures available) the number of employee jobs in Hull has increased by 4,000 (3.5%) and there are now more 61.0 employee jobs in Hull than ever recorded via the BRES. It is likely that the current number of employee jobs in Hull is significantly higher still. 59.0
57.0
55.0 Jan 2005 >>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Dec 2015
Page 240 of 262 Kingston upon Hull Yorkshire and The Humber England JSA CLAIMANTS 10 9 G The current JSA claimant rate in Hull (4.0%) is the lowest it has ever been.
G Currently the total number of people in receipt of JSA is 6,818. This is 8 8,240 (54.7%) less people than three years ago. 7 G Over the last three years the decrease in JSA claimants in Hull has occurred quicker than nationally - resulting in a narrowing of the gap 6 between Hull and national figures from 5.0 percentage points to 2.5 percentage points. 5
G In fact, over the last 3 years Hull has seen the greatest reduction in JSA 4 claimant rate of all county and unitary authorities in Great Britain. 3 G Over the last 3 years, the number of JSA claimants aged under 24 has fallen by 2,750 (64%). 2
1
0 Jan 2006>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>Dec 2015
Page 241 of 262 Kingston upon Hull Yorkshire and The Humber England
GROSS VALUE ADDED GVA 30000
G Currently Gross Value Added (GVA) in Hull is valued at £5,038 million – the equivalent of £19,549 per head of population. 25000 G Total GVA has increased by £366 million since 2010 (7.8%).
G This growth since 2010 includes 20000 Industry Growth (£) Growth (%) Manufacturing £40mill 14.9% 15000 Services £27mill 19.3% Real Estate £58mill 19.5% Business Services £111mill 31.3% 10000
G Percentage growth in business services in Hull since 2010 (31.3%) has surpassed national growth in this area (22.1%) 5000
0 1997>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>2014
Page 242 of 262
Kingston upon Hull Yorkshire and The Humber England INVESTMENTS CURRENTLY UNDERWAY IN HULL
Company Amount Siemens /ABP £310m RB £100m Smith & Nephew £50m Spencer Group (Energy from Waste) £200m Princes Quay £14m UTC £12m C4DI £14m Next (New Generation store) £14m University of Hull £92m City Centre (Public Realm, Hull Venue, Hull New Theatre, Ferens) £100m Fruit Market £80m KCom (Fibre upgrades existing and ongoing works) £60m Hilton Hotel £14m Total £1.06bn
Page 243 of 262
INVESTMENTS CURRENTLY UNDERWAY IN HULL
Siemens Green Port Hull £310m investment from Siemens and Associated British Ports, on schedule for completion in September 2016 delivering 1900 jobs (1000 direct jobs and 900 indirect).
Reckitt Benckiser (RB) £100m investment to build a state-of-the-art R&D centre creating over 100 research based jobs in the city.
Smith & Nephew £9.5m investment in its Wound Management business in the city, which forms part of a £50m programme of investment helping to create a sustainable future for the site, in the city where the company was founded.
Page 244 of 262 Spencers Green Energy Works £200m investment supported by European funding, which will convert 250,00 tonnes of waste material per year into energy on former industrial land. Construction is underway creating 245 jobs (180 of which are in construction)
Ron Dearing University Technical College £12m complex will specialise in teaching digital technology and computer based engineering for 14 – 19 year olds from across the region. Scheduled to open September 2017
C4DI (Centre for Digital Innovation) £14m investment of riverside offices and event space (completed November 2015). C4DI provides an environment to support digital based entrepreneurship in the City creating 70 jobs.
University of Hull £28m invested in new library facilities; £30m in residential buildings; £10m in a new cultural venue ahead of City of Culture 2017 and £24m in a Health Hub for the Hull – York Medical School
Page 245 of 262 WORLD CLASS VISITOR DESTINATION
Hull is a gateway to Yorkshire, the UK and to Europe. As UK City of Culture 2017 and through the wider Destination Hull capital programme of major cultural and transport infrastructure projects, Hull will grasp this once-in-a-generation opportunity to create a thriving visitor economy, building on its rich heritage, culture and diversity.
Page 246 of 262
Hull Culture and Leisure Ltd – Sports, Leisure and Parks
Update for Park Area Partnership, Monday 10th October, 2016
Sports Development/ Parks
Orienteering Hull Culture and Leisure Ltd and the Hull and Lincolnshire Orienteers have almost completed work to develop a total of 24 fixed orienteering courses across 8 parks in the city. East Park is the focus park in the Park area, with other courses established in:
Alderman Kneeshaw Recreation Ground Noddle Hill Nature Reserve Bude Park Playing Fields Oak Road Playing Fields West Park Costello Playing Fields Pickering Park Installation work is currently underway, and all the courses will be ready for October half term.
Due to a limited amount of external funding being made available, we have been able to make a limited number of free booklets available through parks, leisure centres, libraries etc with all 24 course maps.
A pdf of the brochure will be available on request, with a view to it being made available through the Hull Culture and Leisure, Active Hull and British Orienteering websites in the first instance.
A series of 4 events will take place over half term to promote the new courses as part of “Orienteering Week”.
East of the river Hull, events will take place at Alderman Kneeshaw on 24th October, and at Noddle Hill on 26th. Other local community partners will be joining in at both events, providing a range of sports and play activity.
Health Walks/ Health Rides
These programmes will target those adults who are currently inactive or take part in less than 30 minutes physical activity a day.
A programme of free monthly health walks is currently being established in parks across the area. Each will last approx 30 minutes long, and will periodically incorporate different themes eg: Tree walks, bat walks etc (seasonal)
www.hcandl.co.uk Page 247 of 262
Free Health Rides will focus on off road, short lead rides based in and around parks and leisure centres across the city, taking in cycle tracks and traffic free routes.
Once established, the programme will be available through the Active Hull website, and as an emailable poster. This will follow in due course.
Free Walk leader Training
The Sports Development Service are now able to offer free walk leadership training to volunteers and community groups through a partnership with MacMillan and the Ramblers Association. A course is available tomorrow (11th October) and the next one will be on a Saturday in November.
The course lasts approx 6 hours, and will give participants the skills and knowledge of planning and preparing health walks (ranging from half an hour or less to a maximum of 90 minutes)
Free Xplorer Training
Xplorer is a programme of orienteering activity that uses themed cards rather than formal orienteering plaques (eg animals, trees and plants or Christmas images on plaques) The aim of the xplorer programme is to introduce orienteering to young children or families and is presented more as a treasure hunt than formal orienteering. British Orienteering are working with HCL to provide a free training opportunity on Wednesday 19th October between 10:00 – 11:30am and local groups are invited to get involved. Those taking part in the training will be expected to deliver 6 sessions of activity over a 12 month period. To book please email [email protected]
www.hcandl.co.uk Page 248 of 262
Southcoates Ward Members Briefing 5th October 2016
Acquisition
• The Renewals Team are currently active in Phase 1, 2 and 3A of the acquisition programme
Phase 1A Phase 2A Phase 3A (52 Properties) (42 Properties) (52 Properties) Preston Road 156-198 Hilston Grove 9-15 Preston Road 108-122 Marfleet Lane 273-279 Holmpton Grove 10-16 Harpham Grove 2-20 Brigham Grove 2-32 Wansford Grove 1-15 Brigham Grove 29-71 Wansford Grove 25-59 Foston Grove 1-15 & 2- Holmpton Grove 1-7 20 1 HCC residents and 1 Flinton Grove 1-15 1 owner still in occupation owners in occupation 23 HCC 5 Owners Phase 1B Phase 2B Phase 3B (52 Properties) (70 Properties) (60 Properties)
Brigham Grove 34-76 Preston Road 124-154 Holmpton Grove 17-23 Holmpton Grove 9-15 Holmpton Grove 2-8 &118-24 Marfleet Lane 265-271 Foston Grove17-47 Cranswick Grove 1-49 St Johns Grove 133 -157 & 86 Wansford Grove 26-70 Flinton Grove 53-57 12 HCC residents and Hilston Grove 17-23 4 owners in occupation 40 HCC residents and All properties now vacant 2 Owners in occupation
• To date the Renewals Team have acquired 250 properties across all phases, which includes:- o 236 HCC properties o 14 private properties
• Acquisition will pick up as new build handovers continue and residents from 3A begin to have properties allocated.
• Current status by phase:
o 1A ° 1 Owner in negotiations o 1B ° No residents remaining o 2A ° 1 HCC residents, 1 owner ° 1 Awaiting new build, 1owner agreed o 2B ° 12 HCC residents, 4 owners ° 10 Awaiting new build, 5 awaiting HCC properties, 1 open market, 2 owners in negotiations Page 249 of 262 Chris Dearing, Renewals Team Leader o 3A ° 23 HCC residents, 1 owner ° 6 Awaiting new build, 12 awaiting HCC ° 4 owners agreed, 1 in negotiations o 3B ° Letters have been delivered ° 1 to 1’s booked in ° 8 awaiting new build
Demolition
• Across the area the demolition status is as follows: o Phase 1A – 2 properties, 0 available for demolition o Phase 1B –2 vacant properties, both available for demolition o Phase 2A – 23 vacant properties, 20 available to demolish o Phase 2B – 42 vacant properties, 30 available to demolish o Phase 3A – 21 vacant properties, 8 available to demolish o Phase 3B to 5B – 41 vacant properties, 4 available to demolish
• 136 properties demolished to date
• A third batch of demolition is being prepared though will predominantly relate to properties becoming void during relocation to new build and those in the same blocks as those relocating to new build. Demolition will take place in Spring 2017
New Build
• Handover of new build properties recommences and on 13 th October and due to be completed by end of November at rate of four per week.
• One 2 bed house recently became available and three flats still remaining unallocated
• Portobello Street progressing well
Anti Social Behaviour
• Level no greater than what we would expect though issues on new build site continue
Page 250 of 262 Chris Dearing, Renewals Team Leader
Briefing Paper to the Park Area Committee Wards : Holderness, Marfleet, Southcoates East, 30 th November 2016 Southcoates West
Hull Virtual School for Looked After Children Area Committee Pupil Premium Report
Briefing Paper of the of Interim City Learning and Skills Manager on behalf of Interim Corporate Director for Children, Young People and Family Services
The Pupil Premium Plus (notionally £1900 per child held by the Headteacher) is available in full to schools, but the amount claimed per child varies according to needs. It is paid in termly instalments.
Designated Teachers in schools are required to request Pupil Premium Plus funding for looked after children to the Virtual School Headteacher via the electronic Personal Education Plan (ePEP) system. This is by setting costed SMART targets (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, Timebound) and based on each child’s academic performance. They should be set and reviewed on a termly basis, using best practice advice from Ofsted and the Virtual School. Teachers are expected to add additional comments and ratings about the child’s progress in relation to each of the SMART targets submitted.
Once a funding request has been submitted by the school, it is reviewed by the Virtual School team, who can accept, amend or decline the funding request. When agreed, the funding is sent electronically each term.
Additional funding requests can be submitted on a termly basis and these are reviewed by the Headteacher and the Virtual School Management Board.
Count of LAC that Claims School Total Cost made claims Made 15-16 2015-16 Alderman Cogan 2 8 £3,050.20 Archbishop Sentamu 6 10 £20,860.00 Aspire Academy 4 5 £4,143.00 Cavendish Primary 4 7 £2,075.45 Estcourt Primary 2 8 £2,245.00 Author: GDobbs Page 251 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 1 of 4
Foredyke/Woodlands 4 7 £876.96 Griffin Primary 1 3 £925.00 Malet Lambert 10 37 £12,505.82 Oakfield 2 2 £2,033.20 Southcoates Primary 1 1 £2,000.00 St Richard's RC Primary 7 35 £11,821.84 Stockwell Primary 2 2 £900.00 Westcott Primary 2 9 £5,143.80 Total 47 134 £68,580.27
• £21,239 was given to schools via Pupil Premium bid forms. These bid forms are not aimed directly for specific children but can be used to help an entire cohort. Four schools applied for funding via bid forms: Archbishop Sentamu, Malet Lambert, Southcoates Primary, Westcott Primary.
• Between April 2015-April 2016, the average LAC within the Park area committee received £1459 each in PP funding across the financial year.
• Gillshill, Oldfleet and Stoneferry were schools that did not submit any funding requests in the last financial year because they didn’t have any LAC on roll.
Park Area Committee Pupil Premium Claims by type of spend April Within the ePEP system, schools 2015-16 are asked to state which
90 category the funding request falls under. 80 74 70 The graph to the left shows what 60 type of claims the schools made, 50 45 with the majority being for 40 directly aiding the child’s 30 achievement. 20 The Various/Bid Form is for 8 10 3 4 schools that have requested 0 additional funding that aren’t Achievement Social Transition Various Other specific to an individual child. Behaviour
Author: GDobbs Page 252 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 2 of 4
Park Area Committee by Intervention Type 2015-16 £25,000 £21,300 £20,000 £16,000 £15,000
£10,000
£5,582 £5,925 £4,983 £4,332 £5,000 £3,925 £3,302
£636 £407 £613 £905 £376 £295 £0
Between the 14 schools with LAC on roll within £5275 Average Amount each Park Area Committee the Park area committee, the average amount School claimed between April 2015-16 claimed by each school in the financial year was (based on all 13 schools that had LAC and £5275. were actively requesting PP funding)
The average cost of each of the 134 individual £511 claims was £511. This shows that schools are Average amount per request for Park Area spreading their targets and claims across the Committee LAC, based on all 134 claims in 2015-16 by Park Area Committee Schools. year and not claiming the full £1900 at once.
Author: GDobbs Page 253 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 3 of 4
Total Number of LAC that had PP Total number of Area Committee claims between Total £ Spent 2015-2016 Claims April 2015- April 2016 East 135 46 £84,123.27 West 97 32 £38,805.97 North 155 37 £148,825.61 North Carr 119 56 £172,156.22 Park 134 47 £68,580.27 Riverside 158 62 £118,458.33 Wyke 27 5 £4,784.59 Total 825 285 £635,734.26
The above table represents the city-wide total number of claims and money spent for LAC within the financial year 2015-16. It does not include LAC placed in other Local Authority schools, who are also eligible for Pupil Premium funding, or funding used by the Virtual School to directly support children across a number of schools and those children between placements requiring intensive support.
A single child can have several claims depending on how many targets were set out for them on the ePEP system and the amount of funding requested from each target.
Graham Talbot, Interim City Learning and Skills Manager on behalf of Interim Corporate Director
Contact Officer : Geoff Dobbs Telephone No. : 616341
Officer Interests: None
Background Documents: -
Author: GDobbs Page 254 of 262 Status: Date: 22/11/2016 Page 4 of 4 Action allocated by Committee - Park Area Committee Resolution List 2016/17 RED (R) pending action Matter is ongoing/outstanding Chair: Councillor Pantelakis AMBER (A) further information. Action is complete/proposed for Democratic Services Officer : Dorinda Guy Ext 3416 GREEN (G) deletion. WP Work Programme
New Items / Quarterly RAG (Action Meeting Minute Items and Agenda Items Reason for submission and Actions arising Outcome Actioning Officer Status Status + Date Number Procedural Relevant Code) (N/Q/A/P)
23.04.14 N Portobello Street Allotments 162 G
Updated 15-6-14 - NPS have carried out a series of soil tests and surveys on the site.
At the time of upload no report was available from NPS however as soon as it That further consultation is undertaken with the Portobello Street is available members and the Portobello St Allotment holders will be made allotment holders before commencement of works, to ensure that any aware. scheduled works do not impact upon the growing season (minute 143 refers); On receiving the report tenants will be consulted on the way forward. (a) That issues raised with regard to the Portobello Street allotments be Sept 2014 – The matter is currently being addressed directly with residents to referred to NPS and Councillor Craker (Director of NPS) for further resolve this matter and the Area Committee will be informed of the outcome. investigation; and Andrew Proposed for 162a Wilson/Sylvia G Letter sent to Portobello Street Allotment on 03.10.14 from Julie Burns (Asst deletion (b) That the Committee receives a report from NPS in response to the Bilsby City Manager – Property and Assets) issues raised and to identify proposed action and outcomes, as a result of the investigations. Discussion has taken place with the Portobello Allotment Chair, Vice Chair and Town Clerk relating to the original claim and offer to provide additional Related Minutes drainage and soil to the low spot on the allotment site and that we would work with the original allotment holders and try and mitigate the issues. (143) 26.03.14 (61c) 28.09.16 Additional drainage work has been carried out with a full drainage run linking in with two existing drainage runs. 10 loads of 20 tonnes (each) of top soil from the old allotment site opposite was delivered to the site and used by allotment holders to build up their plots.
24.09.14 P Resolution List 33 G That an update on minute 4 (East Park water feature) be provided to members when appropriate and a report to be taken to the November’s meeting.
Related Minutes Requested Briefing paper off agenda (June 2016) Proposed for 33c Andy Burton G deletion Minute 88 - 27.11.13 See minute 61 - 28.09.16 Minute 151 - 26.03.14 Minute 162 - 23.04.14 Minute 4 - 23.07.14 Minute 61 - 28.09.16 28.01.15 N Dog Fouling 54 A Email forwarded onto New Leisure Company (Sylvia Bilsby) Options for schemes are being considered, however service areas are unable That a further report is brought back to Park Area Committee to discuss to resource deployment of staff to this general issues. The matter of the East Tracey 54b the review of the East Park policy in relation to dog fouling and how this is Monitor A Park dog control areas has been raised with the new company for an update. Harsley/Jane Price enforced. (Email 08.09.15 - SB) No major problems at present. (12.04.16) Added to Work Programme. That via the press office, local media is contacted to help publicise the Tracey 54c dog control zoning in East Park so this is cascaded to members of the As above Monitor A Harsley/Jane Price public who do not reside in the Hull City Boundary. 12.04.16 N Street Cleansing and Ground Maintenance 99 G That Members be provided with a direct telephone number to report Awaiting telephone number. Proposed for 99c Paul Fincham G rubbish accumulating in the retail areas. Telephone number provided to Members 09.11.16 deletion 12.04.16 Q Highways Quarterly Update 100 Page 255 of 262 A That the officer investigates when the works will be carried out on the Scheme for 2016/17 and awaiting budget confirmation, brief issuing. The Hopewell Road (Grange Road to Taylor Avenue) and informs Members Asset Engineer for carriageway and footways will inform the Members of the Shelia off agenda. 100d dates. Henley/Graham Monitor A No date available at present due to need to let contract with linked schemes Hall and no decision taken as yet on the traffic calming on Amethsyt Road.
29.06.16 N Review of East Park Adapted Bikes Scheme 25 A
That an information stand promoting the East Park adapted bikes scheme 25c Update requested 02 and 09.11.16 Stewart Kenny Monitor A and fund raising is provided during events in East Park.
That external funding is investigated including support from other local 25d Update requested 02 and 09.11.16 Stewart Kenny Monitor A authorities.
29.06.16 Q Housing Regeneration Project Update 31 A
That enhanced security arrangements were being investigated in light of 31b Liz Jamil Monitor A issues at the site.
29.06.16 P Resolution List 38 A
That a briefing paper be provided to Members off Agenda on the future of Dorinda Guy/Andy 38c Briefing Paper requested. Monitor A the East Park Water Feature. Burton
28.09.16 N Adjournment 40 R
Councillor 40 That the Chair writes to the family giving Members’ condolences. R Pantelakis
28.09.16 P Community Safety Update 44 R
Vehicle on the hard standing which is housing land, the owner is refusing to remove the vehicle as he is selling it. PCSO's to visit the property to try and Inspector 44a That the officer investigates the long standing vehicle on Wexford Grove. R resolve the issue. Ogden/Peasgood (Email DA - 14.11.16)
That the officer provides dates off agenda on the ‘Demand Reduction’ Inspector 44b R regarding shed and garage burglaries in the Holderness Ward. Ogden/Peasgood
28.09.16 N Park Area Urgent Care Consultation 45 G
That the number of people who accessed the Out of Hours GP service Erica Daley/Colin Proposed for 45b Information provided and circulated to Members off agenda 08.11.16. G from Diadem Health Centre be provided to Members off agenda. Hurst deletion
That the officer provides a further update to the Committee once Dorinda Guy/Erica Proposed for 45c Added to the Work Programme. G consultations have been completed. Daley deletion
Hull Virtual School for Looked After Children Area 28.09.16 N 46 G Committee Pupil Premium Report
That the item be deferred until the November meeting due to no officer Dorinda Guy/Geoff Proposed for 46b Added to the Work Programme. G being in attendance. Dobbs deletion
28.09.16 N Adult Social Care Review of In-House Services 47 G
Dorinda That the officer provides a further update to the Committee on a date to Proposed for 47b Added to the Work Programme. Guy/Richard G be confirmed. deletion Cumbers
28.09.16 N East Park Lodge 48 G
That the item be reconsidered at the November meeting of this Dorinda Guy/John Proposed for 48b Added to the Work Programme. G Committee. Haymes deletion
28.09.16 Q Highways Quarterly Update 51 Page 256 of 262 G Area to be determined before end of year. East Riding Council (Contractor for That the officer investigates the exact location on the Holderness Road, Proposed for 51b Surface Dressing) are keen on us supplying our programme earlier this year. Rhurie Lees G Eastbound (Laburnum to Bellfield) surface dressing programme. deletion Once decided upon information will be passed onto the Ward Councillors.
A traffic calming options note was done for Ward Councillors a while ago. That the officer provides an update on the Amethyst Road Safety in Recently Members mentioned they now want other options to be considered Proposed for 51c Rhurie Lees G relation to Safer Road Humber. – cushions/buildouts etc. Feasibility of alternative options shall be discussed deletion and considered.
28.09.16 Q Youth Development Service Team Update 52 G
That Members are invited to the National Youth week commencing the The session called 'smile grou' is held at Andrew Marvel 4:00-5:30pm Proposed for 52b Tina Robinson G first week in November. Wednesdays. deletion
28.09.16 N Street Naming Decision 55 G
That clarification be sought as to whether the road is managed by The road itself is under the ownership of Highways England, however the Proposed for 55a Highways England and subsequently whether the council has the Glen Dobson G Council does have the right to amend the name, should they wish to do so. deletion authority to amend the name.
28.09.16 N Street Naming Decision 56 G
That the matter be delegated to the Assistant City Manager Glen Dobson/Jane Proposed for 56 (Neighbourhoods) in consultation with the Southcoates East ward Ward members have indicated two names that they would favour. G Price deletion members.
28.09.16 P Resolution List 61 R
That a briefing paper on the future of the East Park Water Feature be provided off agenda within the next two weeks.
Related Minutes 61b Requested 04.10.16 (DSO) Andy Burton R Minute 88 - 27.11.13 Minute 151 - 26.03.14 Minute 162 - 23.04.14 Minute 4 - 23.07.14 Minute 61 - 28.09.16
That an update be provided on the current situation with the Portobello Proposed for 61c Update received and forwarded on to Members 12.10.16. Sylvia Bilsby G Street Allotments. deletion
28.09.16 P Work Programme 62 G
That Adult Social Care Review In-house Services be added to the work Proposed for 62b Added to the Work Programme. Dorinda Guy G programme with a date to be confirmed. deletion
Page 257 of 262
Page 258 of 262 Park Area Committee Work Programme 2016/17 RED (R) Action allocated by Committee - pending action
Chair: Councillor Pantelakis AMBER (A) Matter is ongoing/outstanding further information.
Democratic Services Officer : Dorinda Guy Ext 3416 GREEN (G) Action is complete/proposed for deletion.
WP Work Programme
New Items / Upload Quarterly RAG (Action Meeting Responsible Date Items and Agenda Items Contact Officer Reason for submission and Actions arising Status + Date Officer (H) Procedural Relevant Code) (N/Q/A/P) Democratic To receive apologies from those Members who are unable to attend the P Apologies Dorinda Guy WP Services Officer meeting. To remind Members of the need to record the existence and nature of any Democratic P Declarations of Interest Dorinda Guy personal and prejudicial interest in items on the agenda, in accordance WP Services Officer with the Member Code of Conduct. Democratic P Minutes of Previous Meeting Dorinda Guy To approve the minutes as a true and correct record. WP Services Officer Democratic P Public Questions Dorinda Guy To receive public questions. WP Services Officer Democratic To update Members on the Work Programme and provide further P Work Programme Dorinda Guy WP Services Officer opportunity for Members to suggest future agenda items for discussion. Democratic P Resolution List Dorinda Guy To update Members on the progress of outstanding actions. WP Services Officer
Assistant City To provide an update on the Park Area Committee on Ward activity across P Area Neighbourhood Management Update Manager - Jane Price WP the area. Neighbourhoods
Assistant City To update Members on the consolidated budget position for the Park Area P Park Area Funds Manager - Jane Price WP in relation to Ward Budgets. Neighbourhoods Community Manager, P Minutes of the Area Partnership Sylvia Bilsby To receive the minutes of the Park Area Partnership for information. WP Neighbourhoods - East Inspector Mark P Community Safety (Verbal Update) Humberside Police To provide an update on policing activities in the Park area. WP Peasgood
P Appointment of Authority Governors to Hull Schools SEO Governors Maria Bannister As and when required. WP
June City Sept Park Area Housing Performance Update Neighbourhoods Q Debbie Akester To provide Members with the Housing Performance update. WP Jan (29.06.16, 28.09.16, 25.01.17, 29.03.17) and Housing March Manager June City Sept HRA Budgets Update Neighbourhoods To update Members on the current Housing Revenue Account budget Q Debbie Akester WP Jan (29.06.16, 28.09.16, 25.01.17, 29.03.17) and Housing position. March Manager May Page 259 of 262 Assistant City Sept Highways Quarterly Update To update Members of the progress of highway related projects and Q Manager, Graham Hall WP Nov (25.05.16, 28.09.16, 30.11.16, 29.03.17) schemes together with anticipated dates for completion and costs. Streetscene March May To provide a quarterly performance report relating to waste collection, Sept Waste and Open Spaces Performance Update City Streetscene Q Mike Brigden recycling performance, street cleansing and grounds maintenance in the WP Nov (25.05.16, 28.09.16, 30.11.16, 29.03.17) Manager Park area. March Assistant City Every Manager, Housing Nicholas Harne/Chris To update Members on the renewal programme being delivered including Q Housing Regeneration Projects Update WP Month Strategy and Dearing acquisition, demolition and new build in the ward. Renewal June Youth and Sept Youth Development Service Team Update Community Q Tina Robinson To provide Members with an update on the Youth Development Provision. WP Jan (29.06.16, 28.09.16, 25.01.17, 29.03.17) Development March Worker
To submit an annual report on learning and skills to include the following: • sporting activities undertaken by pupils • community use of the facilities • future schools being built • how many places there are in schools and nurseries including any new Graham Talbot/Jan Jan A School Performance in Park Area Alyson Milner (cc) schools WP Campbell • number of children who got 1st choice • Ofsted reports • school improvement plans • how many 2 and 3 year olds places have been taken up in the Park area • GCSE results for this year compare to last year
Assistant City Manager, Children, Looked After Children Annual Report to include feedback from the Young Jan/March A Strengthening the Corporate Parenting Role Michelle Priest WP Young People and Voices Influencing Care Group (Hull's Children in Care Council) Family Services
City Neighbourhoods Sept A Area Team Annual Report Sylvia Bilsby To provided Members with Area Priorities. WP and Housing Manager
Assistant City To provide a further update to the Committee on a date to be confirmed. Jan '17 N Impact of Adult Social Care Review On Park Area Manger, In-House Richard Cumbers WP Briefing Paper to be provided January 2017. Services Director of Integrated Erica Daley/Colin Jan N Park Area Urgent Care Consultation Commissioning/ To provide Members with an update on the Urgent Care Consultation. WP Hurst Engagement Manager
That the item be deferred to the November meeting for Holderness Ward City Property and Jan N Property Disposals - East Park Lodge John Haymes Members to have more time and seek further advice. WP Assets Manager Deferred until January 2017 by Holderness Ward Members.
Committee and March '17 N Proposed Dates for the Park Area Committee 2017-18 Dorinda Guy To provide the Park Area Committee with the proposed dates for 2017-18. WP Scrutiny Manager
Nneka Ofoegbu- Nneka Ofoegbu- TBC N Affordable Warmth Strategy 2016-2021 Page 260 of 262 WP McCourt McCourt Assistant City TBC N Dogs Manager - Jane Price WP Neighbourhoods Page 261 of 262
Page 262 of 262